Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
ric has 2 results
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
ric has 3 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√रिच्ricpurging, evacuating / virecana983/2Cl.7
√रिच्ricseparating / viyojana981/3Cl.10
√रिच्ricuniting / samparcana1173/2Cl.10
Amarakosha Search
Monier-Williams Search
284 results for ric
ric cl.7 P. A1. () riṇ/akti-, riṅkte- cl.1 P. () recati- ; cl.4 A1. (confer, compare Passive voice) r/icyate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense rir/eca-, riric/e- etc. etc.: riricyām-, arirecīt- ; parasmE-pada ririkv/as-, riricān/a- ; Aorist /āraik- ; arikṣi- ; aricat- ; future rektā- grammar, rekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood rektum- grammar), to empty, evacuate, leave, give up, resign ; to release, set free ; to part with id est sell ("for" instrumental case) ; to leave behind, take the place of (accusative), supplant ; to separate or remove from (ablative) : Passive voice ricy/ate- (Aorist areci-), to be emptied etc. etc. ; to be deprived of or freed from (ablative) ; to be destroyed, perish : Causal (or cl.10. ; Aorist arīricat-), to make empty ; to discharge, emit (as breath, with or scilicet mārutam-), ; to abandon, give up : Desiderative ririkṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rericyate-, rerekti- [ confer, compare Zend ric; Greek , ; Latin linquo,licet; Lithuanian likti; Gothic leihwan; Anglo-Saxon leo4n; English loan,lend; German li7han,leihen.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatiric Passive voice -/ati-ric-yate-, or -ati-ricy/ate- (subjunctive abhy-/ati-r/icyātai-; Potential -/ati-ricyeta-) Ved. to remain for the sake of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniparicchadam. the whole apparatus of a fire-sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpaparicchadamfn. possessing little property, poor, (conjectural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparicāramind. equals anuparikr/āmam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuric Passive voice -ricyate-, to be emptied after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyoktiparicchedam. plural Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicalitamfn. unmoved, immovable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicayinmfn. (2. ci-), having no acquaintances, misanthropic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchadamfn. ( chad-), without retinue, unprovided with necessaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchāditamfn. idem or 'mfn. uncovered, unclothed.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchannamfn. uncovered, unclothed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchedam. want of distinction or division View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchedam. want of discrimination , want of judgement, continuance.
aparicchinnamfn. without interval or division, uninterrupted, continuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchinnamfn. connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchinnamfn. unlimited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchinnamfn. undistinguished. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apariceyamfn. unsociable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicitamfn. unacquainted with, unknown to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āricP. (subjunctive 3. sg. -riṇak- ; perfect tense -rireca- ) to give or make over to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aricintāf. plotting against an enemy, administration of foreign affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aricintanan. plotting against an enemy, administration of foreign affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiric Passive voice -ricyate-, to be left with a surplus, to surpass (in a good or bad sense with ablative or accusative) ; to be superior, predominate, prevail: Caus. -recayati-, to do superfluously, to do too much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atricaturaham. "the four days of atri-", Name of a sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyatiric Passive voice -ricyate-, to surpass exceedingly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣāparicchedam. "definition of (the categories of) speech", Name of a compendium of the nyāya- system by viśva-nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṭṭāraharicandram. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭaśabdaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūricakṣas(bh/ūri--) mfn. "much-seeing"or"affording manifold appearances"(said of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ciraparicitamfn. long accustomed or familiar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīparicaryāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmapramāṇaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyasūricaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drumakiṃnararājaparipricchāf. "the questioning of druma- etc.", Name of a Buddhist work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitricaturamind. twice or thrice or four times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitricaturbhāgam. plural 1/2, 1/3 or 1/4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitricatuṣpañcakamfn. increased by 2, 3, 4 or 5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitricatuṣpañcakamfn. with śata- n. 2, 3, 4 or 5 per cent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giricakravartinm. "the mountain-king", Name of the himavat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giricaramfn. living in mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giricaramfn. (as elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giricaram. a wild elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giricārinmfn. living in mountains (as elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanam. n. a sort of sandal tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanam. yellow sandal etc. (in this sense prob. only n.), one of the five trees of paradise (the other four being pārijāta-, mandāra-, saṃtāna-, and kalpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanan. the pollen or filament of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanan. saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanan. moonlight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanan. the person of a lover or mistress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanāspadan. a place where yellow sandal grows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandram. Name of various authors and other persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricāpam. n. " indra-'s bow", a rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricaraṇadāsam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricaraṇapurīm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigiricampūf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrajālaparicayam. knowledge of magic art View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karicarmann. an elephant's hide. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryaparicchedam. right estimate of a case, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricodanamfn. exciting the praiser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍāparicchadam. plaything, toy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārātricaṇḍikāvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsanaparicchadamfn. amply supplied with seats and furniture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricam. the pepper shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricam. a kind of Ocimum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricam. Strychnos Potatorum (varia lectio marīca-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marican. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marican. a particular fragrant substance (equals kakkolaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricamfn. (fr. marica-) made of pepper, peppery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rican. (with cūrṇa-) ground or pounded pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricakṣupam. the pepper shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricapattrakam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricikamfn. prepared or seasoned with pepper, peppered (see vyakta-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānauṣadhaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niricchamfn. without wish or desire, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣparicayamfn. not becoming familiar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣparicchadamfn. having no retinue or court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhaparicaryāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhaparicaryāpratiṣṭhākalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaparicārakam. a humble servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakram. Name of a chapter of the dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakrāf. Name of a town (varia lectio vakra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakṣA1. -caṣṭe- (3. plural -cakṣate-; Potential -cakṣīta- Passive voice -cakṣyate-;Ved. infinitive mood -c/akṣi-), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject ; to declare guilty, condemn ; to forbid ; to mention, relate, own, acknowledge ; to call, name etc. ; to address (accusative), answer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakṣāf. rejection, disapprobation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakṣyamfn. to be despised or disapproved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricakṣyamfn. to be avoided Va1rtt. 9 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricalCaus. -cālayati-, to cause to move round, turn round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricapalamfn. always moving about, very volatile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricarP. -carati- (perfect tense -cacāra- ind.p. -carya-), to move or walk about, go round (accusative), circumambulate etc. ; to attend upon or to (accusative,rarely genitive case), serve, honour : Causal P. -cārayati- (ind.p. -cārya-), to surround ; to wait on, attend to ; to cohabit ; (A1. te-), to be served or waited upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaramf(-)n. moving, flowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaram. an attendant, servant, follower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaram. a patrol or body-guard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaram. homage, service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricarāf. Name of particular verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāram. attendance, service, homage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāram. a place for walking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāram. an assistant or servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārakam. an assistant or attendant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārakam. executor (of an order etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaraṇam. an assistant, servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaraṇan. going about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaraṇan. serving, attending to, waiting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāraṇan. (mc. for caraṇa-) attendance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaraṇīyamfn. to be served or attended to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaraṇīyamfn. belonging to attendance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārayaNom. P. yati-, to take a walk, roam about ; to cohabit ; to attend to, wait on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārikāf. a female attendant, a waiting maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārikam. a servant, assistant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārikam. plural fried grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārinmfn. moving about, moveable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārinmfn. attending on or to, serving, worshipping etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricārinm. man-servant ( paricāriṇī cāriṇī- f.maid) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāriṇīf. paricārin
paricāritan. amusement, sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāritāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaritavyamfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaritṛm. an attendant or servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricarmaṇyan. (p-+ carman-) a strip of leather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricartanaSee pari-cṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricartanan. plural the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaryamfn. equals caritavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaryāf. circumambulation, wandering about or through (compound) (wrong reading carcā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaryāf. attendance, service, devotion, worship etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāryamfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaryāvatmfn. one who attends upon or worships View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaturdaśaand san- (Nominal verb accusative śa- instrumental case śais-), fully fourteen, more than fourteen
paricayaetc. See under pari-- 1. 2. ci-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayam. heaping up, accumulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayam. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (genitive case locative case instrumental case with or sc. samam-,or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayam. trial, practice, frequent repetition (see rati-p-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayam. meeting with a friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayanīyamfn. to be collected or accumulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayanīyamfn. to be known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayāvasthāf. (with yogin-s) a particular state of ecstasy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricayavatmfn. being at its height, complete, finished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāyyam. (sc. agni-) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāyyam. raising the rent or revenue of a land View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchad( chad-), Causal -cchādayati- (ind.p. -cchādya-) to envelop, cover, conceal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadmfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadam. a cover, covering, garment, dress, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadam. paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadam. goods and chattels, personal property, furniture etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadam. retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchadamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals -cchad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchandam. train, retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchannamfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. cutting, severing, division, separation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true, right and wrong etc.), decision, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. resolution, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. a section or chapter of a book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. limit, boundary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. obviating, remedying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedakamfn. ascertaining, defining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedakan. limitation, limit, measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedakaram. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedākulamfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedanan. () discriminating, dividing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedanan. the division of a book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedanan. joyful laughter (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedātītamfn. surpassing all definition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedavyaktif. distinctness of perception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedyamfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured (a-paricch-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchid( chid-; infinitive mood -cchettum- ind.p. -cchidya-), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate etc. ; to mow or reap (corn), ; to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine ; to separate, divide, part ; to avert, obviate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchinnamfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed ( paricchinnatva -tva- n.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchinnamfn. determined, ascertained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchinnamfn. obviated, remedied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchinnatvan. paricchinna
paricchittif. accurate definition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchittif. limitation, limit, measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchittif. partition, separation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetasmfn. faint-hearted, despondent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavyamfn. to be collected together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavya mfn. to be known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavyamfn. to be investigated or searched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariceyamfn. to be collected all round or from every side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariceyamfn. to be known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariceyamfn. to be investigated or searched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariciP. A1. -cinoti-, nute-, to pile up ; to surround or enclose with (instrumental case), Sulb. ; to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase etc. etc.: Passive voice -cīyate-, to be increased or augmented, to grow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parici(2. sg. imperative -cinu-; parasmE-pada -cinvat-; infinitive mood -cetum-), to examine, investigate, search ; to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (accusative) : Passive voice -cīyate- : Causal A1. -cāyayate-, to search, seek for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricihnitamfn. marked, signed, subscribed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricintP. -cintayati- (ind.p. -cintya-), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider etc. ; to call to mind, remember ; to devise, invent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricintakamfn. reflecting about, meditating on (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricintanīyamfn. to be well considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricintitamfn. thought of, found out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricīrṇamfn. attended to, taken care of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitmfn. piling up or arranging all around View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitamfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitamfn. (with instrumental case) filled with, containing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitamfn. known, familiar (taṃ-kṛ-,to make a person's acquaintance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitabhūmfn. having (its) place well known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitaviviktamfn. familiarised to seclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricitif. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, 2.
paricoditamfn. set in motion, brandished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricoditamfn. impelled, incited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricṛtP. -cṛtati- (ind.p. -cṛtya-), to wind round ; to tie or fasten together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricudCaus. -codayati-, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricumbP. -cumbati- (ind.p. -cumbya-), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses ; to touch closely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricumbanan. the act of kissing heartily etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricumbitamfn. kissed passionately or touched closely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyavanan. ( cyu-) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyavanan. loss, deprivation of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. fallen or descended from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. swerved or deviated from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. deprived or rid of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutamfn. streaming with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricyutif. falling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimṛṣṭaparicchadamfn. trim, neat, spruce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhākaraparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prameyaparicchedam. Name of work
praricA1. -ricyate-, to excel, surpass, be superior to (ablative) ; to empty excessively, become excessively empty : Causal -recayati-, to leave remaining ; to quit, abandon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratimāparicārakam. an attendant upon an idol (equals devala-) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣaparicchedam. Name of work (also pratyakṣaparicchedamañjūṣā da-mañjūṣā- f.and pratyakṣaparicchedarahasya da-rahasya- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣaparicchedamañjūṣāf. pratyakṣapariccheda
pratyakṣaparicchedarahasyan. pratyakṣapariccheda
pūrvaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratiparicayam. frequent repetition of sexual enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricaram. "night-wandering", a thief, robber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricaram. a night-watcher, watchman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricaram. a rākṣasa- (f(ī-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricāram. night -roving, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricaryāf. equals -cāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricaryāf. a night ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātricchandasn. a metre employed at the atirātra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riricānaSee above under ric-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūḍhaparicchadamfn. laden with chattels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdamaṇiparicchedālokaf. Name of a Commentary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedam. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcāricuṇḍikāf. an easily propagated cutaneous eruption, smallpox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃgrāmikaparicchadam. implements of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparicarP. -carati-, to attend on, serve View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparicintitamfn. ( cint-) thought out, devised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saparicchadamf(ā-)n. attended by a train, provided with necessaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
senāparicchadmfn. surrounded by an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitamarican. white pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtiparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlamarican. a particular fragrant berry (= kakkola-)
sūnāparicaramfn. flying around a slaughterhouse (as a vulture) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparicchannamfn. well furnished with requisites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamaricam. a kind of Moringa Pterygosperma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of the Hyperanthera Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. white pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktamaricam. Strychnos potatorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricaSee tṛc/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricaSee tṛc/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricakramfn. having 3 wheels (scilicet r/atha-, ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricakṣusmfn. three-eyed (kṛṣṇa-, more properly śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricaturamfn. ( vArttika) 3 or 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricaturdaśamfn. dual number the 13th and 14th, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricatvāriṃśamf(ī-)n. the 43rd (chapter of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricatvāriṃśatf. 43 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricitmfn. consisting of 3 layers of fuel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricitīka(tr/i--) mfn. idem or 'mfn. consisting of 3 layers of fuel ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tricīvaran. the 3 vestments of a monk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
turagaparicārakam. equals -rahṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udric Passive voice -ricyate- (perfect tense -ririce- ) to be prominent, stand out, exceed, excel, preponderate ; to increase, abound in: Caus. -recayati-, to enhance, cause to increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparicaramfn. moving or walking above or in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparicaram. Name of the king vasu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparicaram. a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparicihnitamfn. marked or sealed above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparicitamfn. piled over or above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādanaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghraparicchadamfn. covered with a tiger's skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricāmanam. Vallisneria (Blyxa) Octandra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricaramfn. or m. living in or near water, aquatic, an aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricaram. a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricaram. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricārinmfn. living or moving on water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricatvaram. a piece of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ricatvaram. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇaparicayam. skill in song or music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparicchinnamfn. ( chid-) cut off on all sides, utterly destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparicchinnamūlamfn. having the roots cut completely round or off, entirely uprooted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viric Passive voice -ricyate-, to reach or extend beyond (Aorist -reci-) ; to be emptied or purged : Causal -recayati-, to empty, drain ; to purge ; to emit
vivādaparicchedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktamāricikamfn. much peppered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatiric Passive voice -ricyate-, to reach far beyond, leave behind, surpass, excel (accusative or ablative) ; to be separated from (ablative) ; to differ from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
53 results
ric रिच् 1. 7 U. (रिणक्ति, रिङ्क्ते, रिक्त) 1 To empty, evacuate, clear, purge; रिणच्मि जलधेस्तोयम् Bk.6.36; आवि- र्भूते शशिनि तमसा रिच्यमानेव रात्रिः V.1.8; तिमिररिच्यमानं पूर्वदिङ्मुखमालोकसुभगं दृश्यते V.3. -2 To deprive of, make destitute of. -3 To separate, divide. -4 To give or deliver up, part with. -5 To bequeath (usually in p. p., see रिक्त). II. 1,1 P. (रेचति, रेचयति, रेचित) 1 To divide, separate, disjoin. -2 To abandon, leave. -3 To join, mix. -Caus. 1 To evacuate, make empty. -2 To discharge, emit (as breath). -3 To leave, abandon.
atiparicayaḥ अतिपरिचयः Excessive familiarity or intimacy; Prov अतिपरिचयादवज्ञा 'Familiarity breeds contempt.'
atiric अतिरिच् (Gen. used in pass.) 1 To surpass, excel, be superior to (with abl.); अश्वमेधसहस्रेभ्यः सत्यमेवाति- रिच्यते H.4.131; गृहं तु गृहिणीहीनं कान्तारादतिरिच्यते Pt.4. 81; वाचः कर्मातिरिच्यते 'example is better than precept'; sometimes with acc.; न च नारायणो$त्रभवन्तमतिरिच्यते K. 23; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme', 'prevail' 'triumph', 'predominate', 'be mightier'; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किञ्चिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296 none is supreme or higher than another; 12.25; so दैवमत्रातिरिच्यते, स्वभावो$तिरिच्यते H.1.16; स्वल्पमप्यतिरिच्यते H.2 is of great importance. -2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous.
aparicchada अपरिच्छद a. Poor, destitute. पुमांसश्चापरिच्छदाः Ms.8.45.
aparicchinna अपरिच्छिन्न a. 1 Undiscerned, undistinguished. -2 Continuous, connected, without interval or separation.
aparicchedaḥ अपरिच्छेदः 1 Want of distinction or division. -2 Want of order or arrangement. -3 Want of judgement. -4 Continuance, connection.
āric आरिच् 7 U. To empty.
udric उद्रिच् (chiefly used in pass.) 1 To excel, surpass (with abl.); ममैवोद्रिच्यते जन्म ... तव जन्मनः Mb. -2 To increase, exceed, preponderate. उत् सहस्राद् रिरिचे कृष्टिषु श्रवः Rv.1.12.7. -3 To abound in.
paricakṣ परिचक्ष् 2 Ā. 1 To declare, relate, tell. -2 To enumerate. -3 To mention. -4 To name, call; वेदप्रदाना- दाचार्यं पितरं परिचक्षते Ms.2.171; श्रद्धाविरहितं यज्ञं तामसं परिचक्षते Bg.17.13,17. -5 To disregard, overlook, pass over; revile; को वैनं परिचक्षीत Bhāg.4.14.33. -6 To disapprove, reject. -7 To acknowledge, admit. -8 To address (with acc.). -9 To answer.
paricakṣā परिचक्षा Ved. Rejection, disapproval.
paricaturdaśan परिचतुर्दशन् a. Fully fourteen; more than fourteen; भृत्याः परिचतुर्दश Mb.3.1.11; so also परिदश; क्वचित् परिदशान् मासान् Rām.3.11.24.
paricapala परिचपल a. Always moving about.
paricar परिचर् 1 P. 1 To go or walk about. -2 To serve, wait or attend upon; Ms.2.243; गुणोदारान् दारानुत परिचरामः सविनयम् Bh.3.4. -3 To worship, adore, reverence; अनुत्पन्नं ज्ञानं यदि यदि च संदेहविधुरं विपर्यस्तं वा स्यात् परिचर वसिष्ठस्य चरणौ Mv.3.36. -4 To take care of, nurse, tend -Caus. To enclose, surround.
paricara परिचर a. 1 Roaming or moving about. -2 Flowing. -3 Movable. -रः 1 A servant, follower, an attendant. -2 A body-guard. -3 A guard or patrol in general. -4 Homage, service.
paricaraṇaḥ परिचरणः A servant, an attendant, assistant. -णम् (also परिचारणम्) 1 Serving, attending or waiting upon; शूद्रधर्मः समाख्यातस्त्रिवर्गपरिचारणम् Mb.13.141.75. -2 Going about.
paricaritṛ परिचरितृ m. A servant, an attendant; Ch. Up.
paricaryā परिचर्या 1 Service, attendance; R.1.91; कृषिगोरक्ष्य- वाणिज्यं वेश्यकर्म स्वभावजम् । परिचर्यात्मकं कर्म शूद्रस्यापि स्वभाव- जम् ॥ Bg.18.44. -2 Adoration, worship; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुः Śi.1.17. -3 Conduct (आचार); Mb.5. 39.44. -4 Circumambulation (प्रदक्षिणा).
paricāraḥ परिचारः 1 Service, attendance; शुश्रूषां परिचारं च देव- वद्या करोति च Mb.13.146.37. -2 A servant. -3 A place for walking. परिचारकः paricārakḥ परिचारिकः paricārikḥ परिचारिन् paricārin परिचारकः परिचारिकः परिचारिन् m. 1 A servant, an attendant. -2 A Śūdra; मुखजा ब्राह्मणास्तात ..... पादजाः परिचारकाः Mb.12.296.6. -3 An executor (of an order).
paricārikā परिचारिका 1 A female servant; भुञ्जते रुक्मपात्रीभिर्यत्राहं परिचारिका Mb.3.3.13. -2 (pl.) Fried grain.
paricārya परिचार्य a. To be served, obeyed or worshipped; एष तस्यापि ते मार्गः परिचार्यस्य गालव Mb.5.19.21.
paricāritam परिचारितम् Amusement, sport; Buddh.
paricīrṇa परिचीर्ण a. Worshipped; भवेयुरग्नयस्तस्य परिचीर्णास्तु नित्यशः Mb.3.214.29.
paricarmaṇyam परिचर्मण्यम् A strip of leather.
paricāyyaḥ परिचाय्यः Sacrificial fire (arranged in a circle).
parici परिचि I. 5 U. 1 To heap up, accumulate. -2 To know; एता भुवः परिचिनोषि Mv.7.11. -3 To get, acquire. -4 To increase. -5 To cover or fill with. -II. 3 P. 1 To practise, familiarize oneself with -2 To become acquainted with. -3 Ved. To examine, investigate. -Caus. To search, seek for. -Pass. To grow, be developed; (यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम्) विभक्तमप्येकसुतेन तत्तयोः परस्परस्योपरि पर्यचीयत R.3.24.
paricayaḥ परिचयः 1 Heaping up, accumulation. -2 Acquaintance; familiarity, intimacy; पुरुषपरिचयेन Mk.1.56; अतिपरिचयादवज्ञा 'familiarity breeds contempt'; परिचयं चललक्ष्यनिपातने R.9.49; सकलकलापरिचयः K.76. -3 Trial, study, practice, frequent repetition; हेतुः परिचयेस्थैर्ये वक्तुर्गुणनिकैव सा Śi.2.75;11.5; वर्णपरिचयं करोति Ś.5. -4 Recognition; Me.9. -5 Stay; चिरं मातुलपरिचयादविज्ञात- वृत्तान्तो$स्मि Pratimā 3. -Comp. -करुणा increasing love or tenderness; तदिह सुवदनायां तात मत्तः परस्तात् परिचयकरुणायां सर्वथा मा विरंसीः Māl.6.16.
paricayavat परिचयवत् a. Being at its height, complete; शठ इति मयि तावदस्तु ते परिचयवत्यवधीरणा प्रिये M.3.2.
paricita परिचित p. p. 1 Heaped up, accumulated; निजरमणा- रुणचरणारविन्दानुध्यानपरिचितभक्तियोगेन Bhāg.5.7.12. -2 Familiar, intimate or acquainted with; परिचितपरिक्लेश- कृपया Mu.6.12; शश्वत् परिचितविविक्तेन मनसा Ś.5.1. -3 Learnt, practised.
paricitiḥ परिचितिः f. Acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy.
paricint परिचिन्त् 1 U. 1 To think, consider, judge; त्वमेव तावत् परिचिन्तय स्वयं कदाचिदेते यदि योगमर्हतः Ku.5.67; कथं विद्यामहं योगिंस्त्वां सदा परिचिन्तयन् Bg.1.17. -2 To think of, remember, call to mind. -2 To devise, find out.
paricintanam परिचिन्तनम् Thinking of, remembering.
paricud परिचुद् 1 P. To urge, impel, exhort; गुणैश्च परिचोद- येत् Ms.3.233.
paricumb परिचुम्ब् 1 P. To kiss passionately; परिचुम्ब्य चूतमञ्जरीम् Ś.5.1; Ṛs.6.17; विस्रब्धं परिचुम्ब्य जातपुलकामालोक्य गण्ड- स्थलीम् Amaru.82.
paricumbanam परिचुम्बनम् Kissing passionately; परिचितपरिचुम्बनाभि- योगादपगतकुङ्कुमरेणुभिः कपोलैः Śi.7.63.
paricchad परिच्छद् 1 U. 1 To cover, clothe; दर्भेस्तं परिच्छाद्य Pt. 2; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नः (गर्दभः) H.3.9. -2 To hide, conceal. -3 To surround with.
paricchad परिच्छद् f. 1 Retinue, tram. -2 Paraphernalia.
paricchadaḥ परिच्छदः 1 A covering, cover, canopy, awning; विद्यालयं सितगृहं सपरिच्छदं तत् Bil. Ch.2; पयःफेननिभा शय्या दान्ता रुक्मपरिच्छदा Bhāg.; दर्शनीयास्तु काम्बोजाः शुकपत्रपरिच्छदाः Mb.7.23.7. (com. शुकपत्रपरिच्छदाः शुकपत्राभरोमाणः). -2 A garment, clothes, dress; शाखावसक्तकमनीयपरिच्छदानाम् Ki.7.4. -3 Train, retinue, attendants, circle of dependants; नरपतिरतिवाहयांबभूव क्वचिदसमेतपरिच्छदस्त्रियामाम्; R.9.7. -4 Paraphernalia, external appendage, (as छत्र, चामर); सेना परिच्छदस्तस्य R.1.19. -5 Goods and chattels, personal property, all one's possession or belongings (utensils, implements &c.); विवास्यो वा भवेद्राष्ट्रात् सद्रव्यः सपरिच्छदः Ms.9.241;7.4;8.45;9. 78;11.76; अभिषेकाय रामस्य यत्कर्म सपरिच्छदम् Rām.; स्रुग्भाण्डमरणीं दर्भानुपभुङ्क्ते हुताशनः । व्यसनित्वान्नरः क्षीणः परिच्छद- मिवात्मनः ॥ -6 Necessaries for travelling.
paricchandaḥ परिच्छन्दः Train, retinue.
paricchanna परिच्छन्न p. p. 1 Enveloped, covered, clothed, clad. -2 Overspread or overlaid. -3 Surrounded with (a retinue). -4 Concealed.
paricchid परिच्छिद् 7 U. 1 To tear, cut off, tear to pieces. -2 To wound, mutilate. -3 To separate, divide, part; शतेन परिच्छिद्य Sk. -4 To fix accurately, set limits to, define, decide, distinguish or discriminate; मध्यस्था भगवती नौ गुणदोषतः परिच्छेत्तुमर्हति M.1; (न) यशः परिच्छेत्तु- मियत्तयालम् R.6.77;17.59; Ku.2.58. -5 To avert, obviate, remedy.
paricchittiḥ परिच्छित्तिः f. 1 Accurate definition, limiting. -2 Partition, separation, division. -3 Limit, measure; P.III.3.2. com.
paricchinna परिच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Cut off, divided. -2 Accurately defined, determined, ascertained; परिच्छिन्नप्रभावर्धिर्न मया न च विष्णुना Ku.2.58. -3 Limited, circumscribed, confined. -4 Remedied.
paricchedaḥ परिच्छेदः 1 Cutting, separating, dividing, discriminating (between right and wrong). -2 Accurate, definition or distinction, decision, accurate determination, ascertainment; परिच्छेदव्यक्तिर्भवति न पुरःस्थे$पि विषये Māl.1.31; परिच्छेदातीतः सकलवचनानामविषयः 1.3 'transcending all definition or determination'; इत्यारूढबहुप्रतर्कम- परिच्छेदाकुलं मे मनः Ś.5.9. -3 Discrimination, judgment, discernment; परिच्छेदो हि पाण्डित्यं यदापन्ना विपत्तयः । अपरि- च्छेदकर्तॄणां विपदः स्युः पदे पदे H.1.128; किं पाण्डित्यं परिच्छेदः 1.127. -4 A limit, boundary, setting limits to, circumscribing; अलमलं परिच्छेदेन M.2. -5 A section, chapter or division of a work (for the other names for section &c. see under अध्याय). -6 A segment. -7 Remedying. -8 A measure.
paricchedakam परिच्छेदकम् Limitation.
paricchedanam परिच्छेदनम् 1 Discriminating. -2 Dividing. -3 A division of a book.
paricchedya परिच्छेद्य a. 1 To be accurately defined, definable; प्रत्यक्षो$प्यपरिच्छेद्यो मह्यादिर्महिमा तव R.1.28. -2 To be weighed or estimated.
paricyu परिच्यु 1 Ā. 1 To go away or fly off from, escape. -2 To proceed from. -3 To swerve, fall off from, deviate, leave. -4 To lose, be deprived of. -5 To drop or fall down. -6 To be displaced or ejected from. -7 To be freed from. -8 To come down, descend.
paricyavanam परिच्यवनम् 1 Descending from heaven. -2 Loss, deprivation of.
paricyutiḥ परिच्युतिः f. 1 Falling down. -2 Swerving, deviating.
rica मारिच a. (-ची f.) Made of pepper.
ricika मारिचिक a. Peppered, seasoned with pepper.
vyatiric व्यतिरिच् pass. 1 To differ or be separate from. -2 To surpass, excel; lie beyond; स्तुतिभ्यो व्यतिरिच्यन्ते दूराणि चरितानि ते R.1.3. See व्यतिरिक्त below.
saparicchada सपरिच्छद a. Provided with necessaries.
Macdonell Vedic Search
1 result
ric ric leave, VII. P. riṇákti, vii. 71, 1 [Gk. λείπω, Lat. linquo]. áti- extend beyond: ps. ipf. áricyata, x. 90, 5.
Macdonell Search
360 results
akṛṣīvala a. not agricultural.
akṛśalakṣmī a. rich in beauty; very prosperous.
atikaṣṭa a. very strict; worse than (ab.).
atinairantarya n. strict continuity.
atilubdha pp. very greedy, very avaricious: -tâ, f. excessive greed; -lobha, m. id.: -tâ, f. id.
atīkṣṇa a. blunt; not strict, mild.
adhimanthana a. suitable for friction; n. the hard piece of tinder-wood.
adhṛti f. unsteadiness, caprice; faintheartedness.
anarghya a. priceless; -tva, n. -ness.
anargha m. false price, overcharge; a. priceless; -râghava, n. T. of a play.
anupapatti f. not coming to pass, impossibility; a. inadmissible, impossible; -upa-panna, pp. unsuitable; unproved, in admissible; -upa-bhugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being enjoyed (riches); -upa-bhogya, fp. not to be enjoyed; -upama, a. incomparable; -upa-yat, pr. pt. not cohabiting with; -upa-yukta, pp. unserviceable, useless; unfit; -upa-yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. good for nothing; -upayogin, a. unserviceable:(i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -uparodha, m. not prejudicing, not injur ing: -tas, ad. without inconvenience; -upa-lakshita, pp. unnoticed; -upalabdhi, f. non perception; imperceptibility; -upalambha, m. id.; -upasamhârin, a. non-exclusive (fallacious middle term); -upasarga, a. not combined with a preposition; -upa-skrita, pp. unprepared; simple; unfurnished with (in.); disinterested; blameless; -upa-hata, pp. healthy; undisputed: -½âtmaka, a.not dejected, cheerful; -upa-hita, pp. unconditioned, unappropriated.
anna (pp.) n. food, esp. rice; grain of rice.
annakāma a. desirous of food; -da, a. giving food; -dâtri, m. giver of food; -dâna, n. gift of food; -dosha, m. offence in diet, eating forbidden food; -pakti, f. prepar ation of food; -pati, m. lord of food (Savitri, Agni, or Siva); -prada, a. bestowing food; -prâsana, n. first feeding of an infant with rice; -bhatta, m. N. of an author; -maya, a. con sisting of food; -mala, n. secretion of rice; -yoni, arrack; -rasa, n. sg. & m. pl. food & drink; taste in preparing food: -maya, a. con sisting of food & drink; -vat, a. hvg. food, rich in food; -vikâra, m. transformation of food: -tva, n. abst. n.; -samskâra, m. preparation of viands.
abhihata pp. (√ han) stricken; -hati, f. impact; -harana, n. conveying; -hita, pp. (√ dhâ) said, uttered; accosted.
argha m. value, price; hospitable re ception; honorific gift; -pâtra, n. dish in which water is presented to a guest; -½udaka, n. water presented to a guest.
arthapati m. rich man; king; -para, a. intent on money, niggardly; -pâ rushya, n. rigidness in money matters; -pâ la, m. N. of a man; -prayoga, m. usury; -bandha, m. significant words; -matta, pp.purse-proud; -mâtra, n., â, f. wealth, money.
arthakara a. (î) useful; -kâma, n. sg., m. du. the useful and the pleasant; a. de sirous of wealth; wishing to be useful; -kâm ya, a. id.; -kârsya, n. destitution, poverty; -kilbishin, a. transgressing with money; -krikkhra, n. difficult matter; -krit, a. use ful; -kritya, n., â, f. accomplishment of an affair; -grahana, n. taking away of money; import of the meaning; -ghna, a. (î) pro digal; -kitta, a. intent on riches; -kintaka,a. knower of the useful; -gâta, n. sg. pl. money; things, objects; -gña, a. understanding the matter or the meaning; -tattva, n. real state of things; fact of a matter; true sense: -tas, ad. for a purpose; for the sake of (--°ree;); for the sake of gain; in truth, really, according to the meaning; -trishnâ, f. thirst for gold, avarice; -tva, n. serviceableness for (--°ree;); -da, a. useful; liberal; -datta, m. N. of wealthy merchants; -darsana, n.judging a matter; -dâna, n. present in money; -dûshana, n. prodigality; unjust seizure of property.
arthāgama m. substantial income; -½âtura, a. avaricious; -½âtman, m. true na ture; -½adhikâra, m. administration of money; -½antara, n. another thing; different meaning: -nyâsa, m.adduction of another case, general or particular corroboration (a rhetorical fig.); -½âpatti, f. self-evidence; kind of rhetorical figure; -½abhiprâya, m. meaning intended; -½argana, n. acquisition of property; -½arth am, ad. for the sake of money; -½arthi-tâ, f. desire of wealth; -½arthin, a. interested, selfish; -½avamarda, m. prodigality; -½âsâ, f. desire for money; -½âharana, n. accumu lation of money; adduction of meanings.
arthaśāstra n. treatise on prac tical life or policy; -sauka, n. blamelessness in money matters; -srî, f. abundance of wealth; -samsiddhi, f. success of a matter; -sam graha, m. accumulation of riches; -samkaya, m. sg. pl. property, wealth; -samdeha, m. doubtful or critical case.
arthayukta pp. significant; -yukti, f. gain, advantage; -râsi, m. wealth; -ruki, a. avaricious; -lâbha, m. acquisition of wealth; -lubdha, pp. avaricious; -lolupa-tâ, f. love of money; -vat, a. wealthy; significant; in telligible; ad. judiciously: -tâ, f., -tva, n. significance; -vargita, pp. meaningless; -varman, m. N.; -vâda, m. explanation of the purpose; praise; -vâdin, a. reporting facts; -vid, a. knowing the sense; -vinâsana, a. de trimental; -viparyaya, m. impoverishment; poverty; -vriddhi, f. increase of wealth; -vy avahâra, m. pecuniary suit.
arthya a. suitable, judicious; rich.
alaṃkṛta pp. √ kri; -kriti, f. or nament; rhetorical figure; -kriyâ, f. adorning; ornament.
alaṃkāra m. adornment; ornament, trinket; rhetorical figure; -ka, m. or nament; -vatî, f. T. of the 9th Lambaka in the Kathâ-sarit-sâgara; -sîla, m. N.
avagati f. understanding, apprehension; -kkheda-ka, a. determining, distinguishing; -dhâra&ntod;a, n. restriction; emphasis on preceding word.
avadhāna n. attention, devotion; -dhârana, n. affirmation; restriction; sin gling out: î-ya, fp. to be looked upon as settled; to be restricted to (in.); -dhârya, fp. to be ascertained; -dhí, m. limit;terminus ad quem; respite: --°ree;, ad. up to, till (g.).
aśvin a. rich in horses; m. chario teer: du. the Asvins, twin gods of the dawn.
aśvāvat a. rich in horses; n. pro perty in horses.
aśvattha m. [standing-place (ttha for stha) for horses], sacred fig-tree; -tthâman, m. N. of a son of Drona; -da, -d&asharp;, a. giving horses; -pâda, m. N. of a Siddha; -pâ dâta-sârameya-maya, a. (î) consisting of horses, pedestrians, and dogs; -pâla, m. groom; -prishtha, n. horseback; -pluta, n. horse's leap; -budhna, a. borne by steeds; -budh ya, a. characterised by horses; -mandurâ, f. stable; -mukhá,m. Kimnara; î, f. Kimnara's wife; -medhá, m. horse-sacrifice; N.; -yúg, a. yoking or yoked with horses; f. sg. & du. N. of a lunar mansion; -râga, m. king of horses (Ukkaihsravas); -râdhas, a. horse equipping; -vat, in horses; -vâra, m. horseman; -vrishá, m. stallion; -sâlâ, f. stable; -sâdá, -sâdin, m. rider; -sâra thya, n. training of horses and charioteering; -sena, m. N. of a serpent demon.
ācāma m. sipping water; water or scum of boiled rice.
āgharṣa m. friction.
āditsu des. a. desirous to obtain (ac.); avaricious.
āmeṣṭaka a. consisting of un burned bricks.
ārta pp. fallen into (trouble); afflicted, distressed; hurt, pained, tormented; stricken by, suffering from, anxious about (--°ree;): -tara, cpv. more afflicted, sadder; -nâda, m. cry of distress; -rava, m. cry of distress.
ārya a. (â or î) belonging to the faith ful, of one's own tribe; honourable, noble; m. Âryan (Vedic Indian); man of the first three castes; man of worth: voc. sir, friend; â, f.; Âryâ verse; a metre; -ka, m. man of worth; N. of a king; -guna, m. noble quality; -grihya, a. siding with the noble; -ketas, a. noble-minded; -gana, m. Âryans, honourable people; -gushta, pp. approved by the honourable; -tâ, f., -tva, n.honourableness; -dâsî, f. N.; -duh itri, f. daughter of a noble (honorific mode of addressing a female friend); -desa, m. dis trict inhabited by Âryans; -desya, a. coming from an Âryan district; -putra, m. son of an Âryan,honorific designation of (1) son of person addressed; (2) husband; (3) sovereign; -prâya, a. inhabited chiefly by Âryans; -buddhi, a. noble-minded; -bhata, m. N. of two astronomers: î-ya, n. work composed by Ârya bhata.
ālaṃkārika m. rhetorician.
fāloka m. seeing, looking, sight; light, lustre; glimmer, trace of (g.); praise, panegyric; -na, a. beholding, looking at; n. look; sight: -tâ, f. looking at, contemplation; -nîya, fp. that may be gazed at: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -patha, m. horizon; -mârga, m. id.
āśīrvacana n. benediction: -½âkshepa, m. a rhetorical figure; -vâkaka, a. expressing a wish; -vâda, m. benediction: -mantra, m. id., -½abhidhâna-vat, a. containing a benedictory expression.
ibhya a. domestic; rich.
iṣṭakā f. brick: -griha, n. brick-house.
īśvara a. able to, capable of (inf., lc.; w. inf. in -tas the nm. sg. m. is used for all genders and numbers); m. owner of (g., lc., --°ree;); ruler, lord, prince, king; man of rank, rich man; husband; supreme god; Brahman; Siva: î, f. princess; -tâ, f., -tva, n. rule, sovereignty; -pranidhâna, n. submission to the will of the Lord.
utkarṇa a. pricking up the ears; -tâla, a. beginning to flap its ears.
uttamagandhāḍhya a. rich in delicious fragrance; -gana, m. pl. superior people; -tegas, a. supremely brilliant or mighty; -purusha, m. supreme spirit; (last =our) first person (gr.).
utprekṣaṇa n. anticipation; foreboding; figurative expression; -â, f. dis regard, indifference; simile, figurative expres sion: -½âkshepa, m. kind of rhetorical figure; -ita½upamâ, f. kind of simile.
udāttālaṃkāra m. the rhetorical figure called &open;sublime&close;, &open;supermundane&close;.
udghaṭṭana n. striking; blow; out break, outburst; -gharshana, n. friction; thrashing.
upaniṣad f. [sitting down be side], secret or esoteric doctrine; N. of a class of works treating of the secret meaning of the Veda.
upavarṇana n. description, exact account; panegyric.
ūrdhvakara a. with raised hands or upward rays; -karna, a. pricking up one's ears; -krita, pp. raised upwards; -ga, a. going upwards; -gati, f. going upwards; bounding; a. going upwards or to heaven; -gamana, n. rising, ascending, elevation: -vat, a. moving upwards; -gâmin, a.=-ga; -gvalana, n. flaming up; -ghampa, m. up ward leap; -dris, a. looking upwards; -drishti, a. upward gaze; -pâtra, n. tall vessel; -pâda, a. holding up the feet; m. tip of the foot; -pundra, -ka, m. vertical line marked with sandal &c. on the forehead of a Brâhman, sectarian mark; -bâhu, a. having the arms raised; -brihatî, f. a metre; -bhâga, m.upper part; -mukha, a. with upturned face; having its mouth turned upwards; darting up wards; -munda, a. shaved on the crown; -râgi, f. upward streak; -rekhâ, f. upward line; -retas, a. whose seed remains above, chaste; -loka, m. upper world, heaven; -vâla, a. hair outwards; -vrita, pp. worn above=over the shoulder.
ṛddhi f. prosperity, welfare, fortune; wealth; -mat, a. prosperous, wealthy; rich in (--°ree;).
ekapatikā a. having the same husband; -patni-tâ, f. having one wife in common; -patnî, f. (é-) wife of any one man, faithful spouse; a. pl. having one and the same husband; -pád (or é-), strong base -pâd, f. -padî, a. one-footed; -pada, n. one and the same spot: -m, lc. at once, suddenly, in a trice; a. (é-) one-footed; only one step long: -m, ad. in short; -padâ, f. verse consisting of one pâda; -padî, f. foot-path; -pará, a. marked with one point (die); -pâna, m. single wager or stake; -pâtin, a. isolated, separate; connected: pl. taken together; -pâda, m. one foot; a. (é-) one-footed; -pârthiva, m. sole monarch; -pi&ndot;ga, m.(quite brown) ep. of Kubera: -la, m. id.: -½akala, m. Kubera's mountain, i. e. the Himavat; -pîta, a. quite yellow; -prakhya, a. homogeneous; uniform; -phala, a. bearing the same fruit as (--°ree;); -buddhi, a.unanimous; simple-minded; m. N. of a fish; f. simple conception (ph.); -bhakta, pp. serving or kept by one master; n. eating one meal a day; -bhakti-ka, a. taking only one meal a day; -bhaksha, m. sole food; -bhâva, m.simplicity, straightforwardness, sincerity; a. having one and the same nature; honest, sincere; behaving uprightly towards (g.); -bhâvin, a. becoming one, coalescing; -bhû- ta, pp. undivided; closely attentive; -bhû mi½îsvara, m. sole ruler of earth; -bhogin, a. eating only once a day; -mati, f. unanimity; concentration of mind; a. unanimous; -manas, a. having the mind fixed on one object, attentive (sts. --°ree;); unanimous; -maya,a. (î) consisting exclusively of, quite filled with (--°ree;); -mukha, a. superintended by one; -mûrti, f. one person; -mûla, a. having a single root.
aiṣṭaka a. made of bricks.
odana m. n. boiled rice; pap.
kadarya a. avaricious, miserly: -tâ, f., -bhâva, m. avarice.
kamala m. n. lotus (called utpala at an earlier stage); â, f. ep. of Lakshmî; sg. & pl. riches; n. water; -ka, n. N. of a town; -garbha, -ga, m. ep. of Brahman; -devî, f. N. of a queen; -nayana, a. lotus-eyed; -nâbha, m. ep. of Vishnu; -netra, n. lotus eyed; -bândhava, m. ep. of the sun; -bhav ana, m. ep. of Brahman; -mati, m. N.; -maya, a. consisting entirely of lotuses; -lok ana, a. lotus-eyed: â, f. N.; -vatî, f. N. of a princess; -vana, n. bed of lotuses: -maya, a. consisting of beds of lotuses; -vardhana, m. N. of a king; -varman, m. N. of a king; -sambhava, m. ep. of Brahman.
karṇikā f. ear ornament; pericarp of the lotus.
karṣa m. dragging; ploughing; a weight (=16 mâshas); -aka, a. dragging about, harassing (--°ree;); ploughing, cultivating; m. busbandman; -ana, a.=karshaka: n. bring ing; driving out; pulling; tormenting; plough ing, agriculture; bending a bow; -in, a. drag ging along; inviting; ploughing; m. culti vator; -&usharp;, f. furrow; trench; incision.
kalama m. species of rice: -gopa vadhû, f. female rice-watcher.
kaṣa a. scraping (--°ree;); m. touchstone: -na, n. rubbing, scraping, friction; -pattikâ, f., -pâshâna, m. touchstone.
kārpaṇya n. poor-spiritedness; poverty; meanness, avarice; compassion.
kārṣaka m. agriculturist, husband man.
kālidāsa m. (servant of Kâlî), N. of various poets; the celebrated lyric, epic, and dramatic poet of this name lived in the sixth century a. d.
kāvya m. pl. kind of Manes; n. poem; -kartri, m. poet; -goshthî, f. discussion on poetry; -gîva-gña, m. Venus, Jupiter, and Mercury, or a. understanding the purport of a poem; -tâ, f., -tva, n.condition of a poem; -devî, f. N. of a queen; -prakâsa, m. Light of poetry: T. of a work on poetics by Mammata and Alata (11th or 12th century); -mîmâmsa ka, m. rhetorician; -rasa, m. flavour of poetry; -sâstra, n.poetry and learning (°ree;--); treatise on poetry; Poetics: T. of a work.
kīnāśa m. [acquiring what?=in digent], agricultural labourer; miser.
kuṭila a. bent, curved; crooked, winding; curly; going crooked ways, deceit ful; adverse: -ka, a. winding; curly; -kesa, a. (î) curly-haired; -gati, a. going crookedly or stealthily; f. a metre; -gâ, f. river:-½îsa, m. lord of rivers, ocean; -gâman, a. winding; capricious; -tâ, f. curliness; deceitfulness; -tva, n. id.; deviation from (--°ree;); -mati, a. crooked-minded, deceitful; -manas, a. id.
kuvalayāditya m. N. of a king; -½ânanda, m. T. of a rhetorical work; -½âpîda, m. N. of a Daitya changed into an elephant; N. of a king; -½avalî, f. N. of a queen.
kṛpaṇa a. doleful; miserable, wretch ed; avaricious: -m, ad. dolefully, pitifully; m. miser; -ána, n. misery, wretchedness; -varna, a. looking wretched.
kṛṣṭi f. pl. agricultural folk; people; m. sage.
kṛṣi f. agriculture; field (also î), arable land; harvest; -ikâ, f. agriculture; -kar man, n. agriculture; -phala, n. success in husbandry; harvest.
kṛsara m. n., â, f. dish of rice and sesamum.
kraya m. purchase; price: -krîta, pp. bought; -vikraya, m. (sg. and du.) purchase and sale; trade; -vikrayin, a. buying and selling, bargaining.
kṣīrānna n. rice boiled in milk; -½abdhi, m. ocean of milk; -½ambudhi, m. id.
kṣīrakuṇḍa n. milk-pot; -ksha ya, m. failure of milk (in the udder); -dhi, m. ocean of milk; -nidhi, m. id.; -nîra, n. milk and water (°ree;--); -pa, a. drinking only milk; m. suckling, infant, child; -bhrita, pp. paid with milk; -maya, a. representing milk; -mahâr- nava, m. ocean of milk; (á)-vat, a. full of milk; -vâridhi, m. ocean of milk; -vriksha, m. tree with milky juice, the common name of the Nyagrodha, Udumbara, Asvattha, and Madhûka; -shâshtika, n. sixty days' rice with milk; -samudra, -sâgara, m. ocean of milk; -snigdha, pp. moist with milky juice; -svâmin, m. N. of a grammarian.
kṣetrakarman n. agriculture; -karma-krit, a. husbandman; -karshaka, m. husbandman; -ga, a. growing in the fields; m. wife's son begotten by another man; -gâta, pp. id.; -gña, a. having local knowledge; conversant with (g.); m. soul; -tara, n. place very suitable for cultivation or habitation; -tâ, f. residence; -pa, m. field-watcher; -pati, m. owner of a field; -pâla, m. field-watcher; tutelary deity of the fields; -raksha, m. field-watcher; -víd, a. knowing the place; expert; knowing the body.
gaṇa m. host, multitude; class; troop, retinue; inferior deities appearing in troops (esp. Siva's retinue, under the special rule of Ganesa); member of Siva's following; com munity, association, corporation; metrical foot; group of roots or words to which a grammatical rule applies.
gaṇḍa m. (--°ree;, a. â, î) cheek, side of the face, side; -karata, m. elephant's temples; -kâsha, m. rubbing of the cheek; -kî, f. N. of a river; -bhitti, f. cheek-bone; -mâlin, a. having scrofulous swellings of the glands of the neck; -lekhâ, f. region of the cheek; -saila, m. large boulder; cheek-bone; N. of the pleasure-garden of the Apsaras; -syâma mada-kyuti, a. from whose cheeks brown juice trickles down; -sthala, n.:î, f. cheek (--°ree;, a. â, î).
gandhana m. kind of rice; n. fragrance; sarcasm.
gandhāḍhya a. rich in perfume, fragrant.
gandhavat a. fragrant; having the quality of smell: -î, f. N. of a river; -vaha, a. wafting fragrance; m. wind; -vâha, m. wind; -sâli, m. fragrant rice; *-sâra, m. sandal-wood.
galitaka m. kind of dance or ges ticulation; -pradîpa, m., -pradîpikâ, f. Lamp of omitted passages, T. of a work; -vayas, a. whose youth is past, stricken in years, aged.
guṇana n. panegyric, exaltation; -anikâ, f. repetition.
guḍaudana n. boiled rice with sugar.
gomat a. possessing cows, rich in, or consisting of cows; abounding in milk; n. property in cattle: -î, f. place abounding in cows; -&isharp;, f. N. of several rivers, esp. of a tribu tary of the Indus; -matallikâ, f. splendid cow.
grāhin a. (--°ree;) seizing, holding; catching; containing; receiving, gaining, keeping; buying (with in. of price); searching through; perceiving; pondering; -yã, fp. to be seized, -clasped; -apprehended; -obtained; -accepted; -insisted on; -perceived, -comprehended; -learned; -understood; -recognised, -regarded.
grathana n. connexion; intricacy: â, f. tying, uniting; -anîya, fp. to be joined or united.
grāmakāma a. desirous of a village; fond of village life; -kukkuta, m. (village=) tame cock; -ghâta, m. plundering of a village; -karyâ, f. village ways= sexual enjoyment; -kaitya, m.sacred tree of the village; -gâta, pp. grown in a village or in cultivated soil; -nî, m. leader of a host; chief of a community; *barber (chief person in a village); -tâ, f. number of villages; -dasa½îsa, m. chief of ten villages;-dharâ, f. N. of a rock (supporting villages); -dharma, m. village custom; -nivâsin, a. dwelling in villages, tame (birds); -pishta, pp. ground at home; -yâgaka, -yâgin, a. sacrificing (through avarice) for all members ofthe community (whether admissible or not); -vâsin, a. living in villages, tame (animal); m. villager; -vriddha, m. old man of the village; -sîmâ, f. village field; -sûkara, m. domestic hog.
ghāsa m. food; fodder: -kûta, n. hay rick.
gharṣa m. friction, collision; -ana, n. friction, grinding; rubbing in.
gharmeṣṭakā f. kind of brick; -½udaka, n. sweat.
ghṛtaudana n. rice with ghee.
ghṛteṣṭakā f. kind of brick.
caṇḍakarman m. N. of a Râkshasa (acting cruelly); -kirana, m. (hot-rayed), sun; -ketu, m. N.; -kausika, m. N. of a son of Kakshîvat; n. T. of a drama; -ghosha, m. N.; -tâ, f., -tva, n.passionateness; wrathfulness; -dîdhiti, m. (hot-rayed), sun; -pota: -ka, m. N. of an elephant; -prabha, m. N.; -bhuga&ndot;ga, m. N.; -mahâsena, m. N. of a prince; -rava, m. N. of a jackal (yelling fiercely); -rasmi, m.(hot-rayed), sun; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -vikrama, m. N. of a prince; -sîla, a. choleric; -simha, m. N. of a prince; -½amsu, m. (hot-rayed), sun.
cāru a. agreeable, welcome, pleasing; dear; fair, lovely: n. ad.: -gîti, f. a metre; -tâ, f. popularity; beauty; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -danta, m. N. of a merchant's son; -darsanâ, f. fair woman; -netra, a. fair-eyed; -mati, m. N. of a parrot; -rûpa, a. of fair form; -lokana, a. fair-eyed; -venî, f. fair braid, N. of a river; -sabda-bha&ndot;ga-vat, a. rich in lovely faltering and in charming ex pressions (speech); -hâsin, a. laughing sweet ly: -î, f. a metre.
citraya den. P. variegate, decorate, adorn: pp. kitrita, variegated, embellished, painted. ud, pp. richly decked or provided with (in.).
citrāṅga m. Dapple-body, N. of a deer and of a dog; î, f. N. of a courtesan; -½a&ndot;gada, a. adorned with brilliant bracelets; m. N. of a fairy, of a Gandharva, and of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -½anna, n. rice coloured by the addition of in gredients; (á)-magha, a. having splendid gifts; -½ârambha, a. painted; -½arpita, pp. id.: -½ârambha, a. id.
cīra n. strip of bark or cloth; rag; m. cricket: î, f. id.; -khanda, m. rag; -mok ana, n. N. of a Tîrtha; -vasana, -vâsas, a. clothed in bark or rags.
cūḍa m. ridge (on bricks); ceremony of tonsure (performed on children); â, f. hair on the crown; tuft of hair left on the crown after the ceremony of tonsure; cere mony of tonsure; crest, summit;a-ka, --°ree;= kûdâ, tonsure.
coḍa m. ridge (on bricks); doublet: -karna, m. N.
janapati m. lord of men, prince, king; -padá, m. (tribe-place), district, country, realm; tribe: also pl. community, people (as opposed to king): -vadhû, f. woman of the country, -½adhipa, m. king; -pravâda, m. popular rumour (sg. and pl.); -maraka, m. pestilence; -mâra, m. î, f., id.; -mârana, n. slaying of men.
jānapada a. living in the country; relating to districts; referring to or meant for the country-people; m. countryman; subject: î, f. provincial expression; -padika, a. con cerning a realm.
jātijānapada a. relating to the castes and to the districts; -bhâg, a. sub ject to birth; -bhramsa, m. loss of caste; -bhrashta, pp. having lost caste; -mat, a. high-born; capable of being classed under a general notion; -mâtra, n. mere rank: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by the name of his caste only; -vakana, n. generic term; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good family, high-born; -smara, a. remembering one's former exist ence: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -smarana, n. remembrance of a former birth; -hîna, pp. destitute of good family, of low birth or rank.
jhillikā f. cricket.
taṇḍula m. grain, esp. of rice; grain of rice as a weight: -kana, m. grain of rice; -kandana, n. bran.
tapanīya m. kind of rice; n. puri fied gold: -½upala, m. sun-stone.
tarala a. trembling, tremulous; quiv ering; sparkling; fickle, inconstant; tran sitory; m. wave; central gem of a necklace; N. of a people; n., â, f. rice-gruel; -tâ, f. tremor; sparkle; ogling; fickleness; med dling disposition; -tva, n. id.
tāralya n. caprice, inconstancy.
tilvila a. fertile, rich.
tura a. strong, mighty, superior; rich, abundant.
tuṣakhaṇḍana n. pounding of husks=fruitless endeavour; -dhânya, n. pulse; -½agni, m. fire of chaff; -½anala, m. id.; -½am bu, n. sour rice or barley gruel.
tuṣa m. husk of grain, rice, etc.; chaff.
tulyākṛti a. having a like ap pearance; -½antaram, ad. with equal intervals; -½artha, a. equally rich; -½avastha, a. placed in a like condition with (g.).
tulyakakṣa a. equal (--°ree;); -kulya, a. of the same family; m. relative; -guna, a. of similar qualities, equally good; -gâtîya, a. of the same kind, like; -tâ, f. equality with (in. or --°ree;), in (in.); -tva, n. equality, with (in. or --°ree;); -darsana, a. looking at every thing with indifference; -naktam-dina, a. to whom night and day are alike; -nindâ-stuti, a. indifferent to blame and praise; -bhâgya, a. having a like fate; -yoga½upamâ, f. a rhe torical figure in which dissimilar objects are treated alike; -vayas, a. of equal age; -sas, ad. alike, in equal parts; -sîla, a. acting simi larly: -tâ, f. abst. n.
trikūṭa a. having three peaks; m. N. of various mountains; -kritvas, ad. thrice; -gana, m. the triad virtue (dharma), utility (artha), pleasure (kâma).
tridhā ad. threefold; thrice; in three places, in(to) three parts; -kri, triple.
trita m. N. of a Vedic god, Third form of Agni (probably lightning), connected with Indra and the winds, represented as engaged in combat with meteoric demons; his dwelling-place is remote and hidden, and he is called Âptya, son of the waters (=clouds); N. of various Rishis: pl. a class of gods.
tripad a. (-î) three-footed; taking three steps; -î, f. kind of gait in the elephant; -pada, a. having three feet; having three (metrical) pâdas; -pala, a. weighing three palas; -pâthin, a. studying the three Vedas; -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) three-footed; -pitaka, n. the three literary collections (lit. baskets) of the Buddhists (i. e. the Sûtra-, Vinaya-, and Abhidharma-pitaka); -piba, a. drinking with threeorgans (ears and tongue); -pishtapa, n. Indra's heaven; -pun- dra: -ka, n. three streaks marked on various parts with ashes, esp. on the forehead by Siva-worshippers.
dadhyanna n. rice cooked with cur dled milk; -½ódana, n. pap prepared with curdled milk.
daśamāsya a. ten months old; -mukha, m. (ten-faced), Râvana: -ripu, m. Râvana's foe, ep. of Râma; -yoganî, f. dis tance of ten yoganas; -ratha, m. N. of several kings, esp. of Râma's father, sovereign of Ayodhyâ; -rasmi-sata, m. (thousand-rayed), sun; -râtra, m. n. period of ten days: á, a. lasting ten days; m. festival of ten days; -a½ri- ka, having ten verses; -rûpa, n. sg. the ten kinds of dramas; T. of a treatise on rhetoric by Dhanamgaya (tenth century): -ka, n. id.; -lakshana-ka, a. having ten characteristics, tenfold; -varsha, -varshîya, a. ten years old; -vârshika, a. (î) id.; lasting ten years; occur ring after ten years; -vidha, a. tenfold; -satá, n. 110; 1000: î, f. 1000; -sata-kara-dhârin, a. having a thousand rays (moon); -sata½ak- sha, a. thousand-eyed (Indra); -siras, a. ten-headed; -sîrsha, a. id.; m. Râvana; -sâhas ra, a. consisting of ten thousand; n. ten thousand.
durvaca a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.
duṣparigraha a. hard to re tain; -parihántu, a. hard to remove; -pari hara, a. hard to avoid; -pâra, a. hard to cross; -perform; -pârshni-graha, a. hav ing a bad enemy in the rear, -grâha, a. id.;-pûra, a. hard to fill; -satisfy; -prakriti, f. low nature; a. base; -prakriyâ, f. trifling dignity; -pragña, a. stupid: -tva, n. stu pidity; -pranîta, pp. led astray; n. indis cretion; -pradharsha, a. hard to assail; -prabhañgana, m.hurricane; -prayukta, pp. badly or wrongly employed; -pravâda, m. slander; -pravritti, f. bad news; -pra vesa, a. hard to enter; -prasaha, a. hard to endure, irresistible; -prasâda, a. hard to ap pease: -na, a. id.; -prasâdhana, a. hard to manage (person); -prasâdhya, fp. id.; -prâ pa, a. hard to attain; -preksha, a., -preksha- nîya, fp. hard to see; unpleasant to look at; -prekshya, fp. id.
dvatricaturam ad. twice, thrice or four times; -tri-katush-pañkaka, a. increased by two, three, four, or five; with satam, n.=two, three, four, or five per cent.
dvīpa m. n. [dvi½ap-a, having water on both sides], sandbank in a river; island; con centric terrestrial island (the world being con sidered to consist of 4, 7, 13, or 18 such encircling Mount Meru like the petals of a lotus).
dhagiti ad. in a trice.
dhanasaṃcaya m.: -na, n. accumulation of riches; -sañkayin, a. rich; m. rich man; -sampatti, f. riches; -sâdhana, n. acquisition of riches; -sthâna, n. treasury: -½adhikârin, m. treasurer; -svâmin,m. monied man, capitalist; -hîna, pp. destitute of wealth, poor: -tâ, f. poverty.
dhananāśa m. loss of property; -pati, m. lord of wealth; rich man; ep. of Kubera; -para, a. intent on money; -mada, m. pride of wealth: -vat, a. purse-proud; -mitra, m. N. of a merchant; -mûla, a.having its root in=arising from wealth; -yau vana-sâlin, a. endowed with wealth and youth; -raksha, a. money-saving, penurious; -rûpa, n. particular kind of wealth; -lobha, m. avarice; -vat, a. wealthy; m. rich man; ocean: -î, f. N.; -vargita, pp. destitute of wealth, poor; -viparyaya, m. loss of property; -vriddha, pp. rich in money; -vyaya, m. expenditure of money.
dhanika a. rich; m. rich man; creditor; N.; -ín, a. wealthy; m. rich man; creditor; -ishtha, spv. extremely rich: â, f. sg. & pl. N. of a lunar mansion (Sravishthâ).
dhanārthin a. eager for money, avaricious; -½âsâ, f. hope of making money.
dhanāgama m. acquisition of wealth, income; -½âdhya, a. rich: -tâ, f. wealth; -½adhika, a. rich; -½adhipa, -½adhipati, m. ep. of Kubera; -½adhyaksha, m. treasurer: -½anvita, pp. wealthy; -½âpti, f. acquisition of treasure.
dhanecchā f. desire for gold; -½îsa, m. possessor of wealth, rich man; ep. of Kubera; -½îsvara, m. ep. of Kubera; n. N. of a locality (?); -½aisvarya, n. dominion of or lordship over wealth; -½eshin, a. demanding his money; m. creditor; -½ushman, m. (heat=) burning desire of riches.
dharmanātha m. lawful pro tector; -nitya, a. persistent in duty; -pati, m. lord of order; -patnî, f. lawful wife; -patha, m. path of duty or virtue; -para, -parâyana, a. devoted to duty, righteous; -pâthaka, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pîdâ, f. violation of duty; -pûta, pp. of unsullied virtue; -pratibhû, a. for which justice is surety; -pravaktri, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pravritti, f. practice of virtue, virtuous con duct; -buddhi, a. righteous-minded; N.; -bhaginî, f. woman admitted to the rights of a sister; sister in faith (Pr.); -bhâgin, a. possessed of virtue, virtuous; -bhikshu-ka, m. beggar for virtuous reasons; -bhrit, a. maintaining the law, just (king); -bhrâtri, m. brother in the sacred law, co-religionist; -máya, a. consisting of virtue; -mâtra, n. the manner only; a. relating to attributes only; only attributive; -mârga, m. path of virtue; -mûla, n.source of the sacred law or of justice; -yukta, pp. endowed with virtue, virtuous, just; harmonizing with the law; -yuddha, n. fair contest; -rakshitâ, f. N.; -rata, pp. delighting in virtue; -rati, a. id.; -râg, m. king of justice, ep. of Yama; -râga, m. just king, ep. of Yama; -râgan, m. ep. of Yudhishthira; -ruki, a. delighting in virtue; N. of a Dânava; -lopa, m. neglect of duty; absence of an attribute (rh.); -vat, a. virtuous, just: -î, f. N.; -vardhana, a. increasing virtue (Siva); m. N.; -vâda, m. discourse on virtue or duty; -vâdin, a. discoursing on duty; -vahikâ, f. vehicle of religious merit = account-book of charitable gifts; -vigaya, m. triumph of virtue orjustice; -vid, a. knowing the sacred law or one's duty; versed in customary law; -viplava, m. violation of the law; -vi vekana, n. discussion of the law or of duty; -vriddha, pp. rich in virtue; -vyatikrama, m. transgression of the law; -vyavasthâ, f. judicial decision; -vyâdha, m. N. of a virtuous hunter.
dhānyāṃśa m. grain of corn; -½adá, a. grain-eating; -½amla, n. sour rice gruel; -½argha, m. price of corn.
dhātukuśala a. skilled in metal lurgy; -kriyâ, f. metallurgy; -garbha-kum bha, m. ash-pot; -ghoshâ, f. T. of a work on verbal roots; -kûrna, n. mineral powder; -pâtha, m. list of verbal roots (ascribed to Pânini); -mat, a. containing elements; abounding in minerals: -tâ, f. richness in minerals; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or a bounding in metals or minerals; -vâda, m. art of assaying, metallurgy; alchemy; -vâd in, m. assayer; -visha, n. mineral poison; -vritti, f. (Sâyana's) commentary on the verbal roots.
dhūrtakitava m. gambler; -kar ita, n. pl. roguish pranks; n. T. of a work; -tâ, f., -tva, n. roguery; -traya, n. trio of swindlers; -mandala, n. gambler's circle; -rakanâ, f. roguish trick.
na pcl. not; less (with numerals=not quite by, in. or ab.: ékayâ na vimsati, 19; ekân na trimsat, 29); lest (with pot.); V.: as, like (not exactly, almost; or as it does not coalesce metrically, it may have been an affirmative particle originally= Gk. nai/). When repeated it implies a very strong affirmation (exceptionally a strengthened negation). In a second or later clause it is sometimes replaced by ka, vâ, api vâ, or even dropped. It is often strengthened by api, api ka, u, utá, eva, khalu, ka, ka½api, ka½eva, ked, tu, tu½eva, vâ, atha vâ, ha.
nalada n. Indian spikenard (Nar dostachys Jatamansi); the root of the Andra pogon muricatus.
nāṭya n. dance; dramatic represen tation, scenic art; actor's attire: in. (represent) mimetically=on the stage; -vedî, f. stage; -sâlâ, f. dancing-hall; -sâstra, n. principles of dramatic art; -½âkârya, m.teacher of dancing or of the scenic art: -ka, n. office of a dancing-master; -½ukti, f. theatrical term.
nānā ad. variously, in different places, separately; often, esp. °ree;--, used like an adjec tive, different, various, manifold; -½âkâra, a. various, sundrv; -gati, m. wind; -tva, n. dif ference; manifoldness; -digdesa, m.: ab. sg. from various quarters, from all parts of the world; -devatya, a. addressed to various gods; -desa, m. sg. various regions; -desîya, -desya, a. pl. belonging to various lands; -dhâtu-sata,n. pl. hundreds of various minerals; -dhâtu-samâkîrna, pp. filled with various minerals; -pakshi-gana½âkîrna, pp. filled with flocks of various birds; -pakshi nishevita, pp. frequented by various birds; -mantra½ogha-siddhi-mat, a. possessed of a number of efficacious spells; -mriga-gana, m. pl. flocks of various animals; -rasa, a. having various sentiments (drama); -rûpa, a. hete rogeneous; -½argha-mahâratna-maya, a. consisting of various priceless precious stones; -½artha, a. having different meanings; con taining something different; N. word with several meanings; new sentence; -varna½â kriti, a. of various colours and shapes; -vi dha, a.various, manifold; -strî, f. pl. women of different castes.
nikara m. dense mass, multitude; -kartana, n. cutting off; robbing; -karsha, m. diminution, depreciation; low degree; -kasha, m. rubbing in, friction; harrow; touchstone; n. streak of gold on the touch stone: -grâvan, m. touchstone; -kashana, m. n. touchstone; -kashâ, in. ad. near (ac.).
nigharṣa m. friction; -ghâta, m. blow; stroke; falling accent; -ghâtin, a. striking down, destroying (--°ree;); -ghna, a. (--°ree;) dependent; being in the power of, ruled by; devoted to.
niyama m. restraint, limitation; re striction to (lc. or prati with ac.); fixed rule, certainty, absolute necessity (in a particular case); contract, promise; vow; self-imposed (religious) observance, minor (occasional) duty: ab. necessarily, certainly; in. id.; with certain limitations; -yamana, n. restraining, subduing; restriction; -yama-vat, a. prac tising religious observances; -yamya, fp. to be restrained, -subdued; -limited; -re stricted; -y&asharp;na, n. going in, entry; -yâma ka, a. (ikâ) restraining, checking; restricting.
nirakṣara a. illiterate; -agni, a. having no domestic fire; -agha, a. blame less; -a&ndot;kusa, a. unfettered, unrestricted, perfectly free; extravagant: -tva, n. abst. n.
nirgharṣaṇa n. grinding: -ka, a. serving as a dentifrice for (g.); -ghâta, m. removal, destruction; gust of wind, whirlwind; N. of a Dânava; -ghrina, a. unmerciful, cruel: -tâ, f., -tva, n. hard-heartedness; -ghosha, m. sound; a. soundless; noiseless.
nirmakṣika n. freedom from flies: -m kri, clear the premises (Pr.); -mañkana, n. purification; -mandûka, a. destitute of frogs; -matsara, a. free from envy or jealousy; -matsya, a. fishless: -tâ, f.absence of fish: -m nî, clear of fish; -math ana, n. friction, esp. of tinder-wood; churn ing; -mada, a. not in rut; not proud, humble; -manas-ka, a. destitute of intellect: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -manyu, a. free from wrath.
nikāśa m. sight; neighbourhood; --°ree; a. appearance (=like, similar); -kâsha, m. scratching; rubbing, friction.
nirlakṣaṇa a. bearing no dis tinguishing marks, insignificant, good for no thing; -lakshya, fp. imperceptible; avoid ing notice; -lagga, a. shameless, immodest, brazen; -lavana, a. lacking grace; -lepa, a. free from greasy matter; spotless; -lobha, a. free from avarice.
niḥśūka a. lacking awns (rice); pitiless; -sûnya, a. empty.
nisyanda ni-syanda, ˚ṣyanda a. trickling or streaming down; m. trickling, effusion; downward flow, stream, discharge; sweat; -syandin, a. streaming or trickling down; dropping (--°ree;).
nistamaska a. free from darkness, light; -tamisra, a. id.; -tara&ndot;ga, a. waveless, calm; -tarana, n. getting out of danger, escape; -taranîya, fp. to be got over; -tartavya, fp. to be crossed; to be over come; -tala, a. not flat, round, spherical; -târa, m. crossing, passing over the sea (also fig.); liquidation, payment.
nītha n. musical air, song; f. n&isharp;thâ, path; trick, artifice.
nīvāra m. wild rice; sg. the plant, pl. the grain: -kana, m. grain of rice.
naipuṇa n. dexterity, skill; experience, in (g., --°ree;); completeness, totality of (g.); whole science of, strict adherence to (--°ree;): in. completely, exactly.
naivāra a. consisting of wild rice.
pakva a. (=pp. of √ pak) cooked, baked, done; burnt, baked (bricks, pots); grey (hair); ripe, fully developed, mature; bearing ripe fruit (tree): -tâ, f. ripeness, maturity; -bimba½adhara½oshthî, a. f. having a lower lip red like the Bimba fruit; -½anna, n. cooked food; -½ishtaka, a. made of baked bricks: -kita, n. building of baked bricks.
paṅktī f. metrical for pa&ndot;kti.
paṭola n. kind of cucumber (Tricho santhes dioeca); m. the plant.
paramātman m. supreme or universal soul; -½âtma-tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânanda, m. supreme joy; -½anna, n. (best food), rice boiled in milk; -½âpad, f. greatest misfortune; -½artha, m.highest or whole truth, true state of the case, reality: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. in reality, -bhâg, a. possessed of the highest truth.
parigha m. iron gate-bar (with which powerful arms are often compared); bar, obstacle (fig.); iron club, mace encased with iron; streak of cloud across the rising or set ting sun; palace-gate, gate; -ghattana, n. friction; -ghâta, m. removal; -ghâtin, a. transgressing (--°ree;); -gha½upama, a. like iron bars.
parivāda m. detraction, censure (of, g., lc., --°ree;): -kathâ, f. id.; -vâdin, a. slandering, censuring: -î, f. seven-stringed lute; -vâpá, m. parched grains of rice; -vâra, m. cover; attendants, train, retinue (--°ree;, a. surrounded by); sheath: -tâ, f. condition of a retinue; -vârita, cs. pp. (√ 1. vri) encircled; -vâsa, m. 1. sojourn; 2. perfume; -vâha, m. overflow; drain for carrying off excess of water; -vâhín, a. (n-î) overflowing, with (--°ree;).
pāka m. (--°ree;, a. î) cooking, baking; boiling (int.); baking (of bricks and earthen ware); digestion; ripening, maturing; ap pearance of consequences (of an action), accomplishment, fulfilment; result; maturity, full development; N. of a demon: -kriyâ, f. cooking; -ga, a. produced by cooking or baking: -tva, n. abst. n.
pāyasa a. made of milk; m. n. milk rice: -dagdha, pp. scalded by milk-porridge.
pāriṇāmika a. digestible; subject to development: with bhâva, m. natural disposition; -nâyya, n. household utensils; -nâhya, n. id.; -tosh-ika, n. reward, gratuity (token of satisfaction); -panth-ika, m. highwayman, robber; -pâtra, incorrect for -yâtra; -pârsva-ka, a. atten dant: ikâ, f. chambermaid; -pârsvika, a. standing at one's side; m. attendant: pl. retinue; -pâlya, n. governorship; -plava, a. swimming; moving to and fro, unsteady; wavering, irresolute; m. ship: -tâ, f., -tva, n. unsteadiness, caprice; -bhadra, m. coral tree (Erythrina indica); -bhâsh-ika, a. (î) technical; -mândal-ya, n. spherical shape; -mân-ya, n.circumference; -yâtra, m. N. of the western Vindhya range; -vitt-ya, n. bachelorhood while a younger brother is mar ried; -vettr-ya, n. marriage of a younger before an elder brother; -sesh-ya, n. result: ab. therefore; -shada, m. member of an as sembly or council, auditor, spectator: pl. retinue of a god; -shad-ya, m. one who takes part in an assembly, spectator; -hâr-ika, a. privileged; -hâr-ya, m. bracelet; -hâs-ya, n. jest.
pitṛhan m. parricide.
pitṛyajña m. sacrifice to the Manes; -y&asharp;na, a. trodden by or leading to the Manes; -yâna, m. path trodden by or leading to the Manes; -râga, m. king of the Manes, Yama; -loká, m. father's house; world or abode of the Manes; -vamsa, m. father's family; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the father's family; -vát, ad. like a father; like the Fathers; as at the funeral sacrifice; -vadha, m. parricide; -vana, n. ancestors' grove, cemetery; -ves man, n. father's house.
pitṛpakṣa a. being on the father's side, paternal; -pûgana, n. worship of the Manes; -paitâmaha, a. (î) inherited from or peculiar to father and grandfather: with nâman, n. father's and grandfather's name; m. pl. or °ree;-(metrical for -pitâmaha), fathers and grandfathers; -paitâmah-ika, a. id.; -mát, a. having a father; connected with the Manes; -mandira, n. father's house, pater nal mansion; -mâtri-maya, a. thinking of father and mother only; -mâtri½artha, a. begging for father and mother; -mitra, n. father's friend; -medha, m. sacrifice to the Manes.
pīṭha n. stool, chair, seat, bench; base, pedestal; kind of temple (erected at the places where the limbs of Pârvatî when hewn in pieces at Daksha's sacrifice are supposed to have fallen); district, province; office: -ka, n. (?) chair, bench; -kakra, n. waggon with a seat; -marda, m. attendant of a man of rank; sp. companion of the hero in import ant enterprises (dr.).
putrin a. having a son or sons, rich in or blessed with children; m. father of a son; n-î, f. mother of a son.
pīḍā f. pain, ache, suffering (in.= unwillingly); harm, disadvantage, damage; restriction; infringement, violation; eclipse: -kara, -krit, a. harmful, hurtful; -krita, (pp.) n. infliction of hurt.
puruṣa m. (metrically often leng thened to p&usharp;-), man; human being (pl. people; man kind); person (with danda, m. punishment personified); attendant; functionary; per sonal and animating principle, soul; highest personal principle, universal soul, Supreme Spirit (sts. with para, parama, or uttama); primaeval male from whom the universe was evolved (± nârâyana); member of a race, generation; person (in grammar: prathama --, =our third person; uttama--, =our first).
purukṣu a. rich in food; -git, m. N.; -táma, spv. ever-recurring; -tr&asharp;, (V.) ad. in many ways, places, or directions; fre quently; -dhá (only before two consonants) or -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways; frequently; -v&isharp;ra, a. rich or abounding in men (RV.).
purīṣya a. being in the earth (ep. of fire); rich in land; excremental.
purītat m. n. pericardium or en trail near the heart; entrails.
puṣkala a. plenteous, abundant; much, numerous; rich, excellent; loud, reso nant; m. kind of drum; N. of a son of Bharata; n. bowl of a spoon; a certain mea sure of capacity: -ka, m. musk-deer.
puṣkara n. blue lotus flower; bowl of a spoon; skin of a drum; tip of an ele phant's trunk; water; air, sky; N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (sts. pl., three places of this name being spoken of); N. of one of the Dvîpas or terrestrial islands; m. the Indian crane (Ardea sibirica); kind of cloud occasioning dearth (pl.); N., esp. of Nala's brother: -pattra, n. petal of the blue lotus: -netra, a. having eyes like a lotus petal; -bîga, n. lotus seed; -srag, f. garland of blue lotuses; a. wearing a garland of blue lotuses; -½aksha, a. lotus-eyed; m. N.; -½â vartaka, m. pl. kind of cloud producing dearth; -½âhva, m. Indian crane (Ardea sibi rica).
pūrṇa pp. (√ 1. pri) filled, full: -kâma, a. whose wishes are fulfilled; -kumbha, m. pitcher full of water (also with apâm); m. n. breach of a particular form; a. having a full pitcher; -kandra, m. full moon: -nibha, a. resembling the full moon, -prabhâ, f. lustre of the full moon; -tâ, f. fulness; plenty; -tva, n. id.; being full of (--°ree;); -pâtrá, m., î, f. full vessel, vessel-full: also as a measure of capacity; n. present (such as clothes) given to the bringer of good news: (a)-pra tibhata, a. vying with a full vessel=over flowing, supreme (glory), -maya, a. (î) con sisting of a full vessel or of the measure called pûrna-pâtra, amounting to so much or only concerned therewith (speech); -bhadra, m. N. of a snake-demon; -mandala, n. full circle; -mânasa, a. whose heart is satisfied; (á)-mâs, m. full moon; -mâsa, m. full moon and full-moon sacrifice: î, f. day ornight of full moon; -mukha, n. full mouth: in. (blow) with full cheeks; m. (full-faced), N. of a snake-demon; -mushti, m. f. handful; -yau vana, a. being in the full bloom of youth; -ratha, m. (having a complete chariot), pre eminent warrior; -lakshmî-ka, a. having abundant splendour or wealth; -vapus, a. full-orbed (moon); -srî, a. having abundant riches.
pṛthuka m. n. half-ripe, flattened rice; m. boy; young of an animal; -ku- ka½utpîdam, abs. pressing to her full bosom; -kâru½añkita½îkshana, a. having wide, beau tiful, and curved eyes; -gaghana,a. having broad hips; -tara, cpv. very great or con siderable; -tarî-kri, open (the eyes) wider; -tâ, f., -tva, n. largeness, greatness, wideness; -damshtra, a. having large incisors; -datta, m. N. of a frog; -darsin, a. far-seeing (fig.); -dhâra, a. broad-edged; -pársu, a. having broad (curved) swords; (ú)-pâni, a. broad-handed (Savitri); -pratha, a. far-famed; -protha, a. having wide nostrils (horse); -bâhu, a. thick-armed; -yasas, a. far-famed.
prakṣapaṇa n. destruction; -kshaya, m. id. ruin, end; -ksharana, n. flowing; -kshâlaka, a. washing; m. washer;-kshâlana, a. performing frequent ablutions; -kshâlana, a. performing frequentablutions; n. washing, -off, cleansing, purifying; water for washing; means of purifying; -kshîna, pp. √ kshi; -kshepa, m. cast, throw; throwing or scattering upon; setting down (of the feet, pāda-, pl.=steps); interpolation; sum deposited by each member of a commercial company; -kshepana, n. sprinkling or pouring upon; throwing into, -upon (--°ree;); fixing (of a price, --°ree;); -kshepin, a throwing or placing upon (--°ree;); -ksheptavya, pp. to be thrown into (lc.); -thrown or scattered on (lc.); -kshepya, pp. to be put on (ornament).
praghaṇa m. [√ han] space outside the door of a house; -gharsha, m. friction; -ghâna, m. = -ghana; -ghosha, m. sound, noise.
prajñā f. information; discrimina tion, judgment, intelligence, understanding; wisdom, knowledge; purpose, resolve: -gup ta, pp. protected by wisdom; -kakshus, n. eye of understanding; a. seeing with the eye of understanding; having understanding in place of eyes, blind; -½âdhya, m. (rich in wisdom), N.
pradrava a. fluid; -drânaka, a. poverty-stricken; -drâvin, a. fugitive.
prabhaṅga m. breaker, crusher; crushing, destruction; -bha&ndot;gín, a. breaking, crushing, destroying; -bhañgana, a. id.; m. storm, tempest, hurricane; wind; god of wind; n. breaking; -bhadraka, a. extremely handsome; n. a metre; combination of four slokas containing a single sentence; -bhartav ya, fp. to be nourished or maintained; -(á) bhartri, m. bringer, procurer (RV.); (á) bharman, n. setting before, presenting; reci tation (of a hymn); -bhavá, a. prominent; m. origin, source, cause of existence, birthplace; a. arising or proceeding from, originating with; being in or on; -bhavitri, m. mighty one, great lord; -bhavishnu, a. mighty, pre-eminent; producing, creating; m. mighty one, master, lord, of (g., lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. lordship, dominion; power, to (inf.); tyranny.
pramoka m. setting free, release; -moktavya, fp. to be released; -moksha, m. loss; release, deliverance, from (--°ree;); redemp tion; -mokana, a. (î) delivering from (--°ree;); n. shedding (of tears); freeing or delivering from (--°ree;); -modá, m. joy, delight (sts. pl.); strong perfume; N.: -ka, m. kind of rice; N.; -modana, a. delighting; n. enjoyment, hilarity; gladdening; -modita, (cs. pp. √ mud) m. ep. of Kubera;N.; -modín, a. delighting; m. kind of rice; -moda½upa-ruddha, (pp.) n. retreat of joy, harem; -mo sha, m. deprivation; -moha, m. bewilder ment: -kitta, a. bewildered in mind; -moh ana, a. (î) bewildering; -mohin, a. (--°ree;) id.
pravṛtti f. moving forward, ad vance, progress; appearance, manifestation, production; rise, origin; advent, setting in (of spring etc.); activity, efficacy, function; advance into, prosecution of, engaging in, ex posure of oneself to danger, predilection, pro pensity, addiction to (lc. or --°ree;); proceeding, occupation; behaviour, practice; employ ment, use, currency; applicability or validity of a grammatical rule;continuance, preva lence, continued validity; lot, fate; tidings, of (g. or --°ree;): -mat, a. devoted to a thing; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) grown up, great; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase; rise (of price); preferment, promotion, elevation; prosperity; -vrídh, f. growth.
praśaṃsaka a. praising (--°ree;); -samsana, n. laudation; -samsanîya, fp. to be praised; -sams&asharp;, f. praise, eulogy, ap plause (sts. pl.); fame; -nâman, n. term of praise, -½âlâpa, m.applause, -vakana, n. laudatory remark, -½âvali, f panegyric poem; -samsin, a. praising, extolling (--°ree;); -sam sâ½upamâ, f. comparison implying praise (rh.); -samstavya, fp. praiseworthy; -sáms ya, fp. id.; better than (ab.); -sama, m. tranquillization, pacification, appeasement; composure, calm; cessation, extinction (of fire), abatement, removal (of obstacles, pain, etc.); mental calm, quietude; -samaka, a. tranquillizing, rendering innocuous (--°ree;); -sam am-kara, a. causing the cessation of (g.), disturbing; -samana, a. tranquillizing, calming, allaying, extinguishing, curing; n. tranquillization, pacification; alleviation, mitigation; healing; rendering innocuous; securing (property); -sas, f. axe, knife; -sasta, pp. (√ sams) praised, commended, etc.: -kalasa, m. N., -tva, n. excellence; -sastav ya, fp. praiseworthy; (á)-sasti, f. praise, laudation; glory; direction, guidance; bene diction expressing a desire for peace in the realm (dr.); (metrical) eulogistic inscription: -krít, a. bestowing praise, approving, -patta, m. written edict; -sásya, fp. praiseworthy, com mendable, excellent; blessed: -tâ, f. excellence.
prasyanda m. trickling or welling forth; -syandana, n. id.; exudation; -syánd in, a. oozing forth; --°ree;, shedding (tears); m. shower of rain.
prasraṃsa m. falling down; -srams ana, n. dissolvent; -sramsin, a. (-î) mis carrying; -srava, m. flowing forth; stream, flow; flow of milk (lc. when the milk flows): pl. gushing tears; -srávana, n.gushing or streaming forth, trickling, oozing; effusion, discharge (of, from, or into, --°ree;); spring, foun tain; spout; -srava-yukta, pp. discharging milk (breasts), -samyukta, pp. id.; stream ing (tears); -sravin, a. pouring forth, dis charging (--°ree;); discharging milk (cow); -srâva, m. urine; -sruta, pp. oozed, issued, etc.
prāṇārthavat a. living and rich; -½arthin, a. eager for life; -½alâbha, m. loss of life; -½avarodha, m. suspension of the breath.
picchala a. slimy, lubricous, slip pery.
prāthamakalpika a. being something in the strictest sense of the term; m. beginner, tyro in study.
prādeśika a. having precedents; local, limited, of limited scope; m. small land owner, chief of a district: -½îsvara, m. id.
prāśa m. eating, tasting; food; first feeding of a child with rice; -½asana, n. id.; feeding: -½arthîya, a. intended for food; -½asanîya, fp. serving as food.
prokṣaṇa n. besprinkling with water; consecration by sprinkling; vessel for holy water: î, f. pl. water for sprinkling, holy water (containing grains of rice and barley); sg. vessel for holy water: î-ya, n. sg. & pl. holy water.
phalīkaraṇa n. cleansing of grain; m. pl. chaff (of rice) or smallest grains (according to commentator); -kri, cleanse grain from chaff; -bhû, obtain a reward.
phalāgama m. advent of fruit, i. e. time when the fruit is ripe, autumn; -½âdhya, a. rich in (=thickly bestrewn with) fruit; -½anubandha, m. consequences of (--°ree;).
phena m. (n.1) foam, froth; moisture of the lips; n. cuttle-fish bone: -ka, m. ground rice soup; -giri, m. N. of a mountain at the mouth of the Indus; -dharman, a. having the nature of foam, transient; -pa, a.froth-drink ing, living on froth; -vat, a. frothy, foamy.
baliniyamanodyata pp. bent on vanquishing Bali; -putra, m. son of Bali, pat. of the Asura Bâna; -push- ta, (pp.) m. (fed on the rice-offering), crow; -bhug, a. eating the food-offering;m. crow; -bhrit, a. paying tribute; -bhogana, m. crow; -mát, a. receiving tribute; attended with food oblations.
bali m. tax, impost, tribute; offering, gift, oblation; offering of food (generally rice, grain, or ghee) thrown up into the air and made to living creatures, esp. birds (also called bhûta-yagña): very often --°ree; with the object, the time, the place, or material of the offering; handle (of a fly-whisk); N. of a Daitya, a son of Virokana, who obtained the sovereignty of the three worlds, but was deprived of it by Vishnu in the form of a dwarf after promising the latter as much land as he could measure in three steps; he was cast down by Vishnu to Pâtâla, which he was allowed to rule; N.; incorrect for vali, fold: -kara, m. pl. taxes and duties;-karman, n. performance of the Bali or food offering; -krit, a. paying taxes; -dâna, n. presentation of an offering or oblation.
balādhika a. superior in strength (e.g. in running); -½adhikarana, n. pl. affairs of the army; -½adhyaksha, m. inspector of the forces, minister of war; -½anuga, m. younger brother of Baladeva,ep. of Krishna; -½anvita, pp. endowed with power, mighty; suggestive of power; -½abala, n. strength or weakness, comparative strength, importance, or significance; relative highness (of price); a. now strong, now weak; -½abhra, n. army in the shape of a cloud.
bahu a. (v-&isharp;) abundant, much; numerous; repeated, frequent; abounding or rich in (in.): tvayâ hi me bahu kritam -yad, you have done me a great service, in --; tasmin bahu½etad api, even thiswas much for him (i.e. more than could be ex pected); kim bahunâ, what need of much talk? in short; n. ú, ad. much; often, repeatedly; greatly, exceedingly, very, highly; °ree;-sts.=for the most part, almost, tolerably:bahu man, think much of, esteem highly, value; hold dearer than (in.); n. plural.
bahuvaktavya fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class.
bahutama spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels.
bahūkṣara a. polysyllabic; -½agni, a. mentioning many Agnis (certain verses); -½añkana, a. having many goings or courses; -½anná, a. abounding in food; -½apa tya, a. promising numerous offspring; m. (?) mouse; -½apâya, a. attended with many dangers; -½abaddha-pralâpin, a. talking much meaningless chatter; -½abhidhâna, n. (many-designation), plural; -½amitra, a. having many enemies; -½artha,a. having many meanings; -½avarodha, a. having many wives; -½asvá, a. rich in horses; m. N.; -½âgya, a. abound ing in ghee; -½âdin, a. eating much, vora cious; -½âsin, a. id.; m. N.; -½âskarya, a. containing many marvels: -maya, a. id.; -½rik, a. abounding in verses (a term esp. applied to the Rig-veda); -½riká, a. id.; m. (knowing many verses), knower or follower of the Rig-veda; -½enas, a. having committed many sins.
bahusaṃkhyāka a. numerous; -sattva, a. abounding in animals; -sadrisa, a. very suitable; -sava, a. sacrificing often or doing anything for many years; containing many sacrifices or years; -sasya, a. abounding in corn; m. N. of a village; -sâdhana, a. having many resources: -tâ, f. possession of many resources; -sâdhâra, a. having many supports, i.e. knowing what one has to go on; -sârá, a. stout-hearted (tree); -sâhasra, a. consisting of or amounting to many thousands: î, f. sg. many thou sands; -suvarna, a. rich in gold: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -suvarna-ka, a. possessing many pieces of gold; m. N. of a prince; N. of an Agrahâra;-spris, a. touching many things; -svara, a. polysyllabic; -hastí-ka, a. abound ing in elephants; -hiranyá, a. rich in gold.
buddha pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition.
bṛhat pr. pt. (-&isharp;) lofty, long, tall; vast, abundant, extensive; much; strong, mighty; big, large, great (fig. in all mgs.); full-grown, old; far-extending, bright (light); high, loud, clear (sound); ad. widely, on high; firmly, compactly; brightly; aloud; mightily, very; n. height; N. of various Sâmans having the metrical form of the Brihatî; m. or n. speech (brihatâm patih=Brihaspati); -&isharp;, f. a metre of 36syllables (8+8+12+8 sylla bles); later, every metre of 36 syllables; the number thirty-six.
brahma m. priest (only --°ree; with asura-); n. metrical for brahman, the Absolute: -ka, --°ree; a.=brahman, m. the god Brahman; -kara, m. tribute paid to Brâhmans; -karman, n. function of a Brâhman; office of the Brah man priest; -karma-samâdhi, a. intent on Brahman in action; -kalpa, a. resembling Brahman; m. age or cosmic period of Brahman (a primaeval age); -kânda, n. the Brahman section=the dogmatic part of the scriptures; T. of a work or part of a work by Bhartri hari; -kilbishá, n. sin against Brâhmans (RV.1); -kûrka, n. a kind of penance in which the five products of the cow are eaten (=pañka-gavya); -krít, a. offering prayers; (bráhma)-kriti, f. prayer, devotion; -kosá, m. treasury of prayer; -kshatra, n. sg. & du. Brâhmans and nobles: -sava, m. pl. sacri fices offered by Brâhmans and Kshatriyas; -kshetra, n. N. of a sacred locality; -gav&isharp;, f. cow of a Brâhman; -gîtikâ, f. Brahman's song, N. of certain verses; -gupta, m. N. of a son of Brahman; N. of an astronomer born 598 a. d.; N.; -gola, m. universe; -ghât aka, m.Brâhman-killer; -ghâtin, m. id.: -î, f. woman on the second day of her menses; -ghosha, m. murmur of prayer (sts. pl.); sacred word, Veda (coll.): -rava, m. sound of murmured prayer; -ghna, m. Brâhman slayer; -ghnî,f. of -han, q. v.; -kakra, n. Brahman's wheel; kind of mystical circle; -kárya, n. religious study; religious student ship (of a Brâhman youth, passed in celibacy, being the first stage in the religious life of a Brâhman); sp.self-restraint, continence, chastity: -m upa½i, -â-gam, grah, kar, or vas, practise chastity: â, f. chastity, a-tva, n. continence, chastity, -vat, a. practising chastity, -½âsrama, m. order of religious stu dentship; -kârín, a. (n-î) practising sacred knowledge; sp. practising continence or chas tity; m. religious student; -kâri-vâsa, m. living as a religious student; -kâri-vrata, n. vow of chastity; -ganman, n. Veda-birth, regeneration by sacred knowledge; -gîvin, a. subsisting by sacred knowledge; -gña, a. knowing the scriptures or Brahman; -gñâna, n. knowledge of the Veda or of Brahman; -gyá, a. oppressing Brâhmans; -gyotis, n. splendour of Brahman; a.having the splen dour of Brahman or of the Veda.
brahmojjha a. having abandoned Vedic study: -tâ, f. forgetting the Veda; -½uttara, m. pl. N. of a people (consisting chiefly of Brâhmans); n. T. of a section of the Skanda-purâna (treating chiefly of Brah man); -½udumbara, n. (?) N. of a place of pil grimage; a&halfacute;udya, n. discussion of theological problems, giving of riddles from the Veda; -½odaná, m. rice pap boiled for Brâhmans, esp. officiating priests.
bhayāpaha a. releasing from fear, warding off danger from (--°ree;); -½abâdha, a. undisturbed by fear; -½ârta, pp. stricken with fear, terrified; -½âvaha, a. bringing fear or danger to (--°ree;); -½uttara, a. attended with fear; -½upasama, m. allaying of danger, fear.
bhāva m. becoming, arising, occur ring; turning into (--°ree;), transformation into (lc.); being, existence; endurance, continu ance; state of being (--°ree;, forming abst. nouns like -tâ and -tva); being orbecoming (as the fundamental notion of the verb, sp. of the int. or imps. vb.); behaviour, conduct; condition, state; rank, position; aspect of a planet (in astrology); true state, reality (°ree;--, in reality); manner of being, nature; mental state, dis position, temperament; way of thinking, thought, opinion, sentiment, feeling; emotion (in rhetoric there are eight or nine primary Bhâvas corresponding to that number of Rasas or sentiments); supposition; meaning, import (iti bhâvah is continually used by commen tators like iti½arthah or iti½abhiprâyah, at the end of an explanation); affection, love; seat of the emotions, heart, soul; substance, thing; being, creature; discreet man (dr.: vc.=re spected sir); astrological house: bhâvo bhâ vam nigakkhati, birds of a feather flock to gether; bhâvam dridham kri, make a firm resolution; bhâvam kri or bandh, conceive affection for (lc.): -ka, a. causing to be, pro ducing (--°ree;); promoting the welfare of (g.); imagining, fancying (g. or --°ree;); having a sense of the beautiful, having a poetic taste; -kar tri-ka, a. having as its agent an abstract noun; -gamya, fp. to be recognised by the imagination.
bhūtejya a. making offerings to spirits; -½îsa, m. lord of creatures, ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and the Sun; lord of evil spirits, ep. of Siva; -½îsvara, m. id.; -½odana, m. dish of rice eaten to keep offevil spirits; -½unmâda, m. mental aberration due to evil spirits; -½upadesa, m. reference to something already existing; -½upamâ, f. comparison with another being; -½upasarga, m. possession by evil spirits.
bhūmi f. earth; ground, soil (sts. pl.), for (g.); territory, country, land, district; earth (as a substance); spot, site, place; storey, floor; position, office; part (of an actor); stage (in Yoga); degree, extent; --°ree;, object of (love, confidence), opportunity of (recreation), prodigy of (impudence).
bhūman n. (V.) earth; ground; territory, district, place; world; being: pl. aggregate of existing things.
bhūyas cpv. (becoming in a greater degree), more, more numerous or abundant, than (ab.); more important, worth more (ab.); larger, greater, mightier, than (ab.); nume rous, much, many; very great, violent; rich or abounding in (in. or --°ree;): n. ad. more; most; much, very, greatly, exceedingly; fur ther on; moreover, still, besides, still more; again, anew: bhûyo&zip;pi, bhûyas ka½api, punar bhûyah, id.; bhûyo bhûyah, again and again, repeatedly; pûrvam -bhûyah, first--later; âdau -paskât -bhûyah, at first - afterwards -again; in. bhûyas-â, ad. exceed ingly, beyond measure, in a high degree, very much; for the most part, generally, as a rule.
bhūrikālam ac. ad. for a long time; -kritrima-mânikya-maya, a. con sisting of many spurious rubies; -gadgadam, a. with much stammering; -guna, a. multi plying greatly;(bh&usharp;ri)-ganman, a. having many births; -tâ, f. multiplicity, multitude; -tegas, a. having great lustre; m. N.: -a, a. id.; -toka, a. rich in children; -da, a. giving much, liberal; -dakshina, a. attended with liberal rewards (sacrifice); giving rich re wards, munificent; -d&asharp;van, a. (r-î) giving much, liberal; -dhâman, a. possessed of great might; -nidhana, a. perishing in many ways; -prayoga, a. frequently used; m. T. of a dictionary containing frequently used words; -bhoga, a. having many enjoyments; -retas, a. abounding in seed; -vasu, m. N.; -vikrama, a. of great valour; -vrishti, f. ex cessive rain; -sas, ad. variously; (bhûri)-sri&ndot;ga, a. many-horned; (-bh&usharp;ri)-sthâtra, a. having many stations, being in many places.
bhogavat a. possessed of coils (serpent); m. serpent, Nâga: -î, f. female serpent; City of Serpents (in the lower re gions); 2. -vat, a. affording enjoyment, de lightful, leading an enjoyable life: -î, f. N. of the city of Uggayinî in the Dvâpara age; night of the second lunar day in a month; -varman, m. N.; -vastu, n. object of enjoy ment; -vâsa, m. sleeping apartment; -sena, m. N.; -½âyatana, n. seat of enjoyment; -½âvalî, f. panegyric poem by a professional panegyrist.
bhrāṣṭra m. frying-pan: -ka, m. (?) id., -gâ, f. pancake made of ground rice.
makara m. kind of marine monster (perhaps crocodile or shark): regarded as an emblem of Kâma and used as an ornament on gates and on head-dresses; Capricorn (sign of the zodiac); kind of military array shaped like a makara (two triangles joined at the a pex).
maṇḍala a. circular, round; n., î, f. (rare), disk, esp. of the sun or moon; orb, circle (in. in a circle), ring, circumference; wheel; charmed circle (of a conjurer); n. orbit (of a heavenly body); n. halo round the sun or moon; n. ball, globe; m. n. circular array of troops; circle=district, province, territory, country; m. n., î, f. circle=group, company, assemblage, troop, multitude, crowd; swarm (of bees); whole body, totality; circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (the relations of whom to one another and to him self he should endeavour to regulate advan tageously; four, six, ten, and twelve such princes are spoken of); n.division or book of the Rig-veda (of which there are ten); m. dog.
maṇḍapa a. drinking the scum of rice, cream, or the froth of wine; n., î, f. shed or hall (erected on festive occasions), pavilion; temple; arbour, bower (--°ree; with names of plants): -kshetra, n. N. of a sacred territory.
mathāya den. P. (V.) produce (fire) by friction; tear off; shake.
mathana a. (&asharp;, î) harassing, afflict ing; destroying; n. friction; churning; har assing; destruction: -½akala, m. mountain of churning, Mount Mandara (used by the gods and Dânavas as a churning-stick in churning the ocean).
madugha m. kind of liquorice.
manas n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring).
madhuka a. having the colour of honey (only °ree;-with lokana, eye); m. a tree; n. liquorice; -kara, m. honey-maker, bee: -maya, a. consisting of bees, -râgan, m. king of the bees=queen-bee.
manobhū m. (arising in the mind), love, god of love; -mathana, m. (agitator of the soul), god of love; -máya, a. (î) consist ing of mind, spiritual (not material); -yâyin, a. going at will, going whereverone likes; -yúg, a. (V.) thought-yoked, i. e. yoked by a mere thought (steeds); suiting the under standing, wise; -ratha, m. (car of the mind), wish, desire; fancy, illusion; indirectly ex pressed wish; N.: -dâyaka, m. fulfilling wishes; N. of a Kalpa tree, -prabhâ, f. N., -siddhi, f. fulfilment of a wish; m. N.: -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -rama, a. delighting the mind, attractive, pleasing, charming, lovely, beau tiful; m. N.: -â, f. N.; -râgya, n. realm of fancy: â-ni kri, build castles in the air; -laya, m. loss of consciousness; -laulya, n. freak of the mind, whim, caprice; -vat-î, f. N.; -vallabhâ, f. mistress of one's heart; -vâñkhita, (pp.) n. heart's desire; -visud dhi, f. purity of mind; -vritti, f. working of the mind, mental operation; train of thought; mood, temper; -hán, a. mind-destroying; -hara, a. (â, î) captivating the mind, fascin ating, attractive; charming, beautiful: -tara, cpv. more beautiful, etc.: -tva, n. greater beauty; -hartri, m. heart-stealer, captivator; -hârikâ, f. N.; -hârin, a. captivating the heart, enchanting, fascinating, charming, beautiful; -hrit, a. taking away life and de lighting the heart;-hlâda, m. gladness of heart; -hlâdin, a. gladdening the heart, at tractive, beautiful.
marda a. grinding, pounding, crush ing, destroying (--°ree;); m. violent pressure or friction: -aka, a. causing acute pain in (--°ree;); -ana, a. (î) grinding, crushing, destroying, harassing, tormenting (g. or--°ree;); sorely dis tressing in battle (--°ree;); m. N. of a fairy prince; n. grinding, pounding, crushing, de stroying, devastating; rubbing; anointing, with (in.); combing the hair (--°ree;); -anîya, fp. to be crushed ortrodden down.
maryādā f. [giving a clear sign: √ mar*, shine], mark, landmark; boundary, limit; end; goal; verge of the ocean, coast; strictly defined relation; bounds of morality, moral law; established usage; limits of pro priety; definite or fixed rule; fast alliance or contract: -giri, -½akala, m. frontier moun tain; -dhâvana, n. running towards a goal; -bhedaka, m. destroyer of landmarks; -maya, a. forming the bounds of morality; -vakana, n. statement of the limit.
mahat a. [old pr. pt. of √ mah: strong base mahânt; °ree;-almost invariably mahâ, q. v.; in E. ac. n. sg. is sts. used for ac. m.] great; 1. in space: large, big, huge, extensive; high (tree); deep; long (distance); full-grown; gross (element); 2. of time: long; advanced (time of day); 3. of quantity: abundant, ample, copious, numerous; 4. of degree: considerable, important, momentous; high (price); valuable (fee); intense (emo tion), violent (pain); thick (darkness); loud (sound); 5. of rank: high, lofty, eminent, powerful, distinguished, noble; w. gana, m. multitude of people; w. âtman, m. the great soul=intellect; m. great, eminent,or noble man; m. (sc. âtman), n. (rare, sc. tattva), in tellect; n. great thing; important matter; greatness, power; greater part; also ad. in mahad-bhû, become full (moon).
mahāpakṣa a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.
mahātattva n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage.
mahācakra n. large wheel or discus; -kakravart-in, m. great emperor, universal monarch: (-i)-tâ, f. dignity of a great emperor; -katura-ka, m. (very crafty), N. of a jackal; -kamû, f. great army;-kar yâ, f. the great course of life (i.e. that of a Bodhisattva): -m grah, enter upon the life of a Bodhisattva; -½akala, m. great moun tain; -½âkârya, m. great teacher (Siva); -½agá, m. great he-goat; -gata, a. wearing large braids of hair (Siva); -gatru, a. having a large collar-bone (Siva); -gana, m. sg. (pl.) many people, multitude of men, crowd, popu lace, the people; great or distinguished man or men; a. occupied by many people (house): -virodha, m. hostility of many people or creatures; -gava, a. very swift (horse, arrow); -gihva, a. long-tongued (Siva); -gñânin, a. knowing much (Siva); m. great soothsayer; -gyotis, a. having great lustre (Siva); -gvara, m. great distress; -½atavî, f. great forest; -½âdhya, a. very rich.
mahī f. (of máh) earth; ground, soil (also pl.); land; country, kingdom; earth (substance); base (of a geometrical figure); space (RV.); host (RV.); cow (V.): du. heaven and earth (V.); pl. waters, streams (RV.).
mātṛka a. coming or inherited from a mother; maternal; m. maternal un cle; kâ, f. mother; grandmother; letter writ ten in a diagram and supposed to have a magical power: coll. the letters oralphabet thus used; alphabet: -maya, a. (î) consist ing of mystical letters; -garbha, m. womb; -gupta, m. N. of a prince; -griha, n. tem ple of the divine mothers; -grâma, m. female sex; -ghâtin, m. matricide; -ghna, m. id.; -kakra, n. mystical circle with the divine mothers; group of the divine mothers.
mātrikā f. --°ree;=mâtra, measure, size, etc.; metrical unit; model.
mātrā f. measure, measuring rule; extent; quantity; length of time or life; unit of measure, foot; unit of time, moment (in the popular sense); metrical unit (time required to pronounce a short vowel); musical unit of time (of which there are three); cor rect measure, order (RV.); small portion, particle, trifle, a little; importance, account, consideration; element; matter, material world; property, money; furniture; earring, ornament: in. in small portions, in slight measure, moderately; râgâ½iti kiyatî mâ trâ, of what account is a king? a king is of no account, is a mere trifle to (g.); kâ mâtrâ samudrasya, what is the importance of the sea?=the sea will be easily settled.
mātṛtamā spv. f. most motherly (waters; V.); (ri)-tas, ad. with regard to or in right of the mother; -tâ, f. motherhood; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -nandana, m. ep. of Skanda; -pâlita, m. N. of a Dânava; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. worship of the divine mothers; -bandhú, m. maternal relative: û, f. mother in name only, unnatural mother: u, n. maternal relationship; -bândhava, m. maternal kinsman; -mandala, or group of the divine mothers: -vid, m. priest of the divine mothers; -yagña, -yâga, m. sacrifice to the mothers; -vamsa, m. family of the mother; -vamsya, a. belonging to the mother's family; -vat, ad. like or as a mother; as towards a mother; -vatsala, m. (tender towards his mother); ep. of Skanda; -vadha, m. matricide; -shvasri, f. mother's sister, maternal aunt; -shvaseya, m. mother's sister's son.
mānaka n. measure, weight; -ka laha, m. quarrel arising from jealous anger; -kali, m. mutual indignation; a. bestowing honour, showing respect; -kshati, f. injury to honour, mortification, indignity;-gran thi, m. violent anger; -tâ, f. being a proof; -tu&ndot;ga, m. man high in honour; N.; -da, a. bestowing or showing honour; m. giver of honour (gnly. used as a term of address); -danda, m. measuring-rod; -dhana,a. hav ing honour as his wealth, rich in honour; -dhmâta, pp. inflated with pride.
māna m. n. opinion, notion; will, purpose; high opinion of oneself, self-reliance; conceit, pride, arrogance; respect, regard, honour, mark of honour (ord. mg., gnly. m.); wounded sense of honour, caprice, jealous an ger (esp. in women), sulking.
māyākapota m. phantom pigeon: -vapus, a. having the body of a --; -kâra, a. acting deceitfully; -kkhadma para, a. intent on deceit and fraud; -devî, f. N. of the mother of Buddha; -dhara, a.versed in jugglery or witchcraft; m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; -½adhika, a. abound ing in magic arts; -patu, a. skilled in witch craft; -pur, -purî, f. N. of a town; -prayoga, m. trickiness; versatility; -batu, m. N. of aprince of the Sabaras; -½abhyudayana, m. N. of a Kâyastha; -maya, a. (î) illusory, unreal; m. N. of a Râkshasa; -yantra, n. en chantment: °ree;--=magical; -vakana, n. hypo critical speech; (&asharp;)-vat, a. practising sorcery (RV.); deceitful, cunning; attended with magical arts: -î, f. kind of personified magi cal art; N. of a fairy's wife; N. of a prin cess; -vâda, m. doctrine of illusion (a term applied to Buddhism and Vedântism); -vid,a. familiar with magical arts; -vín, a. skilled in magic; fraudulent; guileful, deceitful; illusory; m. magician, sorcerer, juggler; -sîla, a. deceitful, fraudulent.
māyā f. art, marvellous power (V.); artifice, device, trick; deceit, fraud; jugglery, witchcraft; illusory image, phantom; illu sion (in the Vedânta=the power which causes the world to appear as really existent and distinct from the universal soul): --°ree;, phan tom in the shape of; °ree;--, phantom, illusory, unreal; disguised; ep. of Durgâ; Fraud (personified as a daughter of Anrita and Adharma).
māla m. N. of a people (pl.); N. of a district; n. field.
mitākṣara a. composed in mea sured syllables, metrical; measured, brief, concise (speech): â, f. T. of various concise commentaries, esp. of one on Yâgñavalkya; -½artha, m. well-weighed matter; a. acting cautiously; kind of emissary: -ka, m. kind of emissary; -½asana, a. eating sparingly; -½âhâ ra, m. sparing diet; a. eating sparingly.
mithyākopa m. feigned anger; -kraya, m. false price; -graha, m. fruitless obstinacy; -½âkâra, m. wrong or improper conduct; a. acting hypocritically; -galpita, (pp.) n. wrong or false talk;-gñâna, n. mis apprehension, error; -tva, n. falseness, un reality; -darsana, n. false appearance; -drish- ti, f. heresy; -½adhîta, n. wrong course of study; -½adhyavasiti, f. false supposition (a figure of speech in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend on an impossible contingency: e. g. only one who wears a garland of air will secure the affec tions of a courtesan); -pandita, a. learned or clever only in appearance; -purusha, m. man only in appearance; -pratigña, a. false to one's promise, faithless; -pravâdin, a. speaking falsely, lying; -phala, n. imaginary advantage or reward; -buddhi, f. misappre hension; -½abhidhâ, f. false name; -½abhi dhâna, n. false statement; -½abhiyogin, a. making a false charge; -½abhisamsana, n. false accusation; -½abhisamsin, a. accusing falsely; -½abhisasta, pp. falsely accused; -½abhisasti, f. false charge; -½abhisâpa, m. id.; false prediction; -yoga, m. false em ployment; -½ârambha, m. wrong treatment; -vakana, n. telling an untruth; -vâkya, n. false statement, lie; -vâk, a. speaking falsely, lying; -vâda, m. false statement, lie; a. tell ing an untruth, lying; -vâdin, a. id.; -vyâ pâra, m. wrong occupation, meddling with what is not one's concern; -sâkshin, m. false witness; -stava, m. unfounded praise (pl.); -stotra, n. id. (pl.); -½âhâra, m. wrong diet; -½upakâra, m. pretended service or kind ness; wrong (medical) treatment.
muhūrta m. n. [den. pp. fr. muhur, past in a trice], moment, instant; hour of forty-eight minutes (one-thirtieth of a day): °ree;--, in a moment; for a moment; in. in a moment, presently; ab. after a moment, in stantly: -ka, m. or n. (?) moment; hour; -kovida, m. (skilled in auspicious moments), astrologer; -râga, a. red or attached for a moment.
mūlya a. attached to the root; n. price, marketable value; wages, hire; earn ings; capital (opp. interest): mûlyena, by way of payment: -grah, buy, -dâ, sell, -mârg, endeavour to buy: -ka, n. price, value; -karana, n. turning into capital, realizing; -dravya, n. purchase-money; -vivargita, pp. priceless.
mṛga m. [roaming: √ mrig] forest or wild animal, game (ord. meaning); deer, antelope (ord. meaning); musk-deer; antelope in the moon (the spots in which being considered to resemble an antelope as well as a hare); antelope in the sky=the lunar man sion Mrigasiras; Capricorn (sign of the zo diac); kind of elephant; large soaring bird (RV., rare); a demon fought by Indra (RV.); musk (=mriga-nâbhi): -kâka, m. du. a deer and a crow; -kânana, n. game-forest, hunt ing forest; -kopa, m. rage against the forest animals; -gambuka, m. du. a deer and a jackal; -gîvana, m. (subsisting by the chase), hunter; -trishâ, -trishnâ, -trishni, -trish- nikâ, f. (deer's thirst), mirage; -tva, n. con dition of an antelope; -dâva, m. deer-park; -dris, m. Capricorn (sign of the zodiac); f. gazelle-eyed woman; -dviga, m. pl. beasts and birds; -dhara, m. (holding an antelope), moon; -nâbhi, m. musk; musk-deer: -ga, a. derived from the musk-deer; -pakshin, m. pl. beasts and birds; -pati, m. lord of wild animals, lion or tiger; lord of deer, roe-buck; -prabhu, m. lord of wild animals, lion; -mada, m. musk; -manda, -mandra, m. a class of elephants; -maya, a. derived from wild animals; -mâmsa, n. deer's flesh, veni son; -mâsa, m. the month Mârgasîrsha; -mukha, m. Capricorn (sign of the zodiac).
yajuṣmat a. attended with a sacrificial text: w. ishtakâ, pl. designation of certain bricks (consecrated with a special text).
yathāvakāśam ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.
yantraya den. P. bandage: pp. ita, bandaged; bound, fastened; fettered, re strained, or compelled by, depending on (in., ab., --°ree;); self-restrained; strenuously exerting oneself, for (-krite). ni, curb, restrain: pp. bound, fettered; embanked; restricted, ruled by, dependent on (in. or --°ree;). sam, pp. stop ped (car).
yantraṇa n. bandaging; restric tion, restraint, constraint (caused by, --°ree;).
yamuṣadeva kind of fabric.
yavāgū f. gruel of rice (also of other kinds of grain).
yaśoghna a. destroying reputa tion; -dâ, f. (bestowing fame), N. of the cowherd Nanda's wife, foster-mother of Krishna: -suta, m. son of Yasodâ, met. of Krishna; -dhana, a. whose wealth is fame, rich in fame, renowned (person); m. N. of a prince; -dhara, m. (supporter of fame), N.: â, f. N.; -bhrit, a. possessing or conferring fame; -râga, m. N.; -lekhâ, f. N.; -vat-î, f. (famous), N.; -vartman, n. road to glory; -varman, m. N.; -han, a. destructive of beauty; destroying fame; -hara, a. depriv ing of fame, disgracing.
yaṣṭi f. [support: √ yakh=√ yam], staff, stick, cudgel, club; flagstaff; perch; stalk, twig; pearl necklace; liquorice: --°ree;= long, slender (arm or body); --°ree; (w. sword)= blade: -kâ, f.staff; -grâma, m. N. of a locality; -nivâsa, m. perching-pole for pea cocks, pigeon-house resting on a pole; y-ut thâna, n. rising with the help of a staff.
yukti f. union, connexion; combination of words, sentence (rare); preparation for (lc. or --°ree; of vbl. n.); application, employ ment, use; means, expedient, contrivance, artifice, trick (w. d. or lc. of vbl. n., or yathâ and pot.); magical agency; reasoning, argu ing; argument, proof; reason, motive (rare); suitableness, propriety, aptness, correctness; sensible reflexion, contemplation of the cir cumstances (dr.): -m kri, discover an ex pedient, employ or point out a device; --°ree;, in. sg. & pl., -tas, by means of (--°ree;); °ree;-or in. pl. subtilely, artfully; by means of a cunning device, under some pretext; in. and -tas, suitably, properly, justly; -tas, ad. by means of an argument.
yūthikā f. kind of jasmine (Jas minum auriculatum).
yoga m. [√ yug] yoking; team; vehi cle; equipment (of an army); performance, employment, use, application, of (g., --°ree;); remedy, cure; means, expedient; device, trick; spell, magic; fraud (°ree;-=spurious); opportunity; undertaking (V.); union, con tact, with (in. ± saha or --°ree;); combination, mixture; connexion, relation; connexion with, acquisition of (in., --°ree;); gain, profit; order, succession; aggregate, sum; fitness, propriety; strenuousness, exertion, endea vour, zeal, assiduity; occupation; mental concentration, systematic abstraction, Yoga system of philosophy; follower of the Yoga system; unity of the soul and nature (Sâm khya ph.); connexion of a word with its root, etymology, etymological meaning of a word; syntactical dependence of a word, construc tion; (concentrated sentence), grammatical rule; conjunction (of stars); constellation: in. yogena, by means of an expedient or stratagem; by means or in consequence of, in accordance with (--°ree;, also -yogât and -yoga tas); suitably, duly, in the correct manner; yogatas, id.; strenuously, assiduously.
raṅga m. [√ rañg] colour; nasal colour ing of a vowel (gr.); [bright scene], theatre, stage, scene, arena; theatrical audience; N.: -kâra, m. dyer; -kara, m. actor; gladiator; -dvâr, f. stage-door; -dvâra, n. prologue in a play; -nâtha, m. N.; -patâkâ, f. N.; -bhû mi, f. battle-field; -ma&ndot;gala, n. festival on the stage; -mandapa, play-house, theatre; -vat-î, f. N.; -vastu, n. colouring matter; -vâra½a&ndot; ganâ, f. stage-dancer; -½a&ndot;gana, n. arena; -½avatarana, n. entrance on the stage; his trionic profession; -½avatâraka, -½avatârin, m. stage-player, actor.
maulya a. attached to the root; n. (=mûlya) price.
rādhā f. N. of a cowherdess beloved of Krishna and later worshipped as a god- dess; N. of Karna's foster-mother: -kânta, m. lover of Râdhâ, ep. of Krishna; -ramana, m. id.; -vat, a. rich.
rāṣṭrī f. female ruler, queen; -îya, m. king's brother-in-law (in theatrical lan guage).
rāṣṭri f. female ruler; -ika, m. in habitant of the kingdom, subject; ruler of a country; -iya, m. brother of a king (in the atrical language): -syâla, m. id.
rip f. (RV.) fraud, trick; rogue, cheat; earth (?).
lakṣmaṇa a. having marks; m. crane (Ardea sibirica); N., esp. of a son of Dasaratha and younger brother of Râma; n. mark, token, sign: -svâmin, m. N. of a statue of Lakshmana.
leśa m. [√ lis=√ ris] particle, atom, drop, little bit, small amount of (g., --°ree;; very common --°ree;=very little or slight, insignifi cant; °ree;--, in., or -tas, very slightly or briefly); a rhetorical figure in which a statement is made indirectly (e. g. &open;the boast of the Pân davas on slaying Bhîshma under the leader ship of Sikhandin will be ours&close;); a rhetori cal figure in which what is usually considered as an advantage is represented as a disadvan tage and vice versâ.
lokācāra m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people.
lokaṃpṛṇa a. filling the world, all-pervading: &asharp;, f. N. of the ordinary bricks used in building the fire-altar (consecrated with the verse beginning lokám prina).
laulya n. restlessness; unsteadiness, fickleness, inconstancy; excessive passion, ardent longing, greediness, for (lc., --°ree;): -vat, a. greedy, avaricious.
lobha m. [√ lubh] desire of, longing for (g., lc., --°ree;); impatience (rare); greed, cupidity, avarice; -ana, n. allurement, en ticement; -anîya, fp. alluring, attractive, charming, by or to (--°ree;).
lobhin a. greedy of (--°ree;); covetous, avaricious; alluring, charming (--°ree;).
vardhamāna pr. pt. Â. (√ 1. vridh) growing, etc.; m. N. of a mountain and dis trict, now Burdwan; N. of a village; N.: â, f. N. of a form of the Gâyatrî metre: (a)-ka, m. N.; (a)-pura, n. N. of atown, Burdwan: î-ya, a. belonging to Burdwan.
vardhana a. (î) growing, increas ing, prospering, getting richer; causing in crease, strength, or prosperity, augmenting (in C. very often --°ree;); gladdening (gnly. --°ree;); m. increaser, bestower of prosperity; n. growth, increase, prosperity; increase of power; augmentation, elevation; educating, rearing; refreshment, comfort (RV.).
vasumat a. possessing or contain ing wealth, rich; accompanied by the Vasus; m. N.: -î, f. (C.) earth; country, region; ground; N.: -pati, m. lord of earth, king, -sûnu, m. son of Vasumatî, Naraka.
vasna n. price, value.
vākkalaha m. strife of words, dis pute; -kelî, f. jest with words, witty con verse; -kshata, n. wound inflicted with words; -kakshus, n. sg. speech and look; -kapala, a. inconsiderate in speech, talking idly; -kâp alya, n. inconsiderateness in talk; -khala, n. semblance of a voice; sg. & pl. lying talk; prevarication (in argument); -khalya, n. word-arrow, wounding speech; -patu, a. clever in speech, eloquent: -tâ, f.fluency of speech, eloquence; -páti, m. lord of speech; Saiva saint who has attained a certain stage of perfection: -râga, m. N. of a poet; -pa tha, m. opportunity for speech; province of speech (atîta --, a. indescribable): -pâram avâpita, become indescribable; -p&asharp;, a. protecting speech; -pâtava, n. eloquence; -pârushya, n. roughness of voice; scurrilous language; -pushtâ, f. N. of a princess: -½ata vî, f. N. of a forest named after her; -push pa, n. pl. flowers of speech; -pralâpa, m. elo quence; -prasasta, pp. expressly sanctioned as fit for food; -prasâri-kâma, a. desirous of one (i.e. a child) progressing in speech.
vājaratna a. (RV.) rich in ga thered treasure: -½âyana, m. pat. of Soma sushman (Br.); -vat, a. (V.) accompanied with strength; vigorous; consisting of steeds; accompanied by Vâga or theRibhus.
vāṭa m. enclosure, piece of enclosed ground (often --°ree; with what it contains); dis trict; road: -ka, m. enclosure, garden; -dhâ na, m. man descended from an outcast Brâh man; N. of a people (pl.); prince or man of this people; n. their country.
vārtta a. (relating to fact: vritta) right, correct; healthy, well; ordinary, mid dling; worthless; n. welfare, health: â, f. livelihood, profession; occupation of a Vaisya (i.e. agriculture, cattle-breeding, and trade); news, tidings, rumour, report, story (of or about, g., --°ree;); talk about (g., lc., uddisya w. ac., --°ree;): kâ vârttâ, what news? what talk is there of (lc.)? = -cannot be thought of, -is out of the question; vârttayâ kri, talk about (ac.); --°ree; a. living or subsisting on.
vikira m. rice (etc.) scattered as an offering to conciliate beings obstructive of sacrifice; (scraper), kind of gallinaceous bird; -kirana n. scattering, strewing; -kîrna, pp. (√ krî) scattered etc.
vikrīḍa m. playground; toy: â, f. play, sport; -krîdita, (pp.) n. play, sport; child's play, action performed with the great est ease; -krîta, pp. (√ krî) sold; n. sale; -krushta, pp. (√ krus) n. cry for help; -kre tavya, fp. [√ krî] to be sold, salable; -kre tri, m. seller; -kreya, fp. to be sold, vendi ble; n. (?) selling price; -krosa, m. cry, -for help; -krósana, m. N. of a mythical being; N. of a king; -kroshtri, m. one who calls out or cries for help.
vighaṭana n. separation, destruc tion; -ghattana, a. opening; n. friction; moving to and fro, shaking; striking against; hewing in pieces; untying: â, f. friction; striking against; separation; -ghattin,a. rubbing, clashing (--°ree;); -ghaná, a. 1. injur ing; 2. a, not or very stiff (--°ree;); cloudless; -gharshana, n. rubbing; -ghasa, m. n. leav ings of food; -ghâta, m. blow, with (--°ree;); breaking in pieces (rare); warding off; de struction; removal, interruption, impedi ment, obstacle (ord. mg.): -ka, a. warding off; -ghâtin, a. contending with, routing; removing, interrupting, impeding; -ghûrn ana, n., â, f. swaying to and fro.
vijñāna n. V., C.: discernment, knowledge (--°ree;=of, rarely = by means of); C.: skill, proficiency, art; artifice, trick; doctrine; profane knowledge (opp. gñâna); faculty of knowing, judgment; organ of know ledge (=Manas); understanding to mean, regarding as: -tâ, f. proficiency in (lc.); -pati, m. lord of knowledge (one who has arrived at a certain stage of emancipation); -máya, a. consisting of knowledge, intelli gent; -vat, a. possessed of knowledge; -vâda, m. doctrine of knowledge alone (and not ex ternal phenomena) having a real existence; -vâdin, a. maintaining that knowledge only has real existence; -½astitva-mâtra-vâdin, a. id.
vitteśa m. lord of riches, ep. of Kubera: -pattana, Kubera's city; -½îsvara, m. lord of wealth; ep. of Kubera; -½îhâ, f. desire of wealth, cupidity; -½eshan&asharp;, f. id.
vittaka a. well-known, famous; -nâtha, m. lord of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -nâsa, m. loss of property; -pa, a. guarding treasure; m. ep. of Kubera; -pati, m. lord of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -pa-purî, f. N. of a town; -pâla, m. guardian of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -petâ, f., -petî, f. money-case, purse; -mâtrâ, f. sum of money; -½riddhi, f. abundance of wealth; -vat, a. wealthy, rich; -vivardhin, a. increasing capital; -samkaya, m. accumulation of wealth; -hîna, pp. desti tute of wealth, poor; -½âgama, m. acquisi tion of wealth, means of making money; -½âdhya, a. abounding in wealth, rich; -½âpti, f. acquisition of wealth.
vidhyaparādha m. transgres sion of a rule; -½apâsraya, m. adherence to a rule; -½alamkâra, m., -½alamkriyâ, f. kind of rhetorical figure; -½âtmaka, a. having a positive (opp. negative) form.
vinikṣepa m. separation; -ni kshepya, fp. to be thrown into (lc.); -nigad î-kri, free from foot-fetters; -nigamaka, a. deciding between two alternatives; -nigam anâ, f. decision between two alternatives; -nigûhitri, m. concealer, keeper (of a secret); -nigraha, m. separation; restraining, curb ing, subduing (; restriction; -nigrâh ya, fp. to be restrained; -nidra, a. sleep less, awake; occurring in the waking condi tion; passed sleeplessly; expanded (flower); opened (eyes): -ka, a. awake, -tâ, f. sleep lessness; -ninîshu, des. a. intending to guide; -ninda, a. surpassing: â, f. reproach ing, abusing; -nindaka, a. blaming; derid ing; surpassing; -nipâta, m. mischance, calamity; death; failure; -nipâtita, cs. pp. √ pat; -nimaya, m. barter, exchange; reci procity (in kârya-); pledging; -nimitta, a. having no real cause; -nimîlana, n.closure (of a bud); -nimesha, m. wink; -niyama, m. limitation, restriction to (lc.); -niyamya, fp. to be limited; -niyukta½âtman, a. hav ing one's soul directed to (ad.); -niyoktri, m. appointer to (lc.); employer; -niyoga,m. apportionment; appointment to a duty (lc.); commission, charge; employment, use, application (ord. mg.; sp. of a verse in ritual); relation, correlation; -niyogya, fp. to be employed, applied, or used.
vibhidā f. perforation and defec tion; -bh&isharp;taka, m. a large tree, beleric my robalan (Terminalia Belerica: Br., C.); n. the nut used as a die; -bh&isharp;daka, m. id. (RV., Br., S.); -bh&isharp;shana, a. frightening, terrify ing; m. N. of a noble Râkshasa, brother of Kubera and Râvana, made ruler of La&ndot;kâ by Râma after defeating Râvana; N. of two kings of Cashmere; -bhîshikâ, f. intimida tion, means of terrifying.
vibhaṅga m. contraction (of the brows); furrow; interruption, stoppage, frus tration; deception; wave; -bhaganîya, fp. to be distributed; -bhaya, n. freedom from danger; a. exposed to no danger; -bhava, a. rich (E., rare); m. omnipresence (rare); development (rare); might, power, majesty, greatness, exalted position (ord. mg.); wealth, property; luxury: -tas, according to rank (dr.); according to one'specuniary circum stances, -mati, m. N. of a princess, -vat, a. wealthy; -bhavin, a. id.; -bh&asharp;, a. shin ing (V.); f. splendour, beauty (C.): -kara, m. (light-maker), sun; king; -bhâgá, m. V.: distribution, apportionment; C.: parti tion of inheritance; division; share, in (--°ree;); portion, constituent part; numerator of a fraction; separation, distinction, difference: in. separately, singly, in detail: -rekhâ, f. boundary line between (g.), -vat-tâ, f. separation, distinction, -sas, ad. part by part, in parts, singly; according to (--°ree;).
vibhūti a. (RV.) extensive, abun dant; mighty, powerful; f. (C.) develop ment, multiplication; abundance; manifes tation of might, power (ord. mg.); sovereign power, greatness; successful issue (of a sacri fice); magnificence, splendour; prosperity, fortune; wealth, riches (common mg.; sg. & pl.); ashes (rare): -mat, a. powerful (C.).
vimati f. divergence of opinion, regarding (lc.); aversion; a. dull, stupid: -tâ, f. stupidity; -matsara, a. free from jealousy; -mada, a. free from intoxication, grown sober; free from rut; free from pride; á, m. N. of a protégé of the gods; N. of a composer of Vedic hymns; (ví)-madhya, n. (?) middle; -manas, a. out of one's senses, beside oneself, discomposed, downcast, dis consolate; -manâ-ya, den. Â. be disconsolate or downcast; -manî-kri, make angry; -man yu, a. free from anger; -marda, m. crush ing, bruising, rubbing, friction; trampling; conflict, encounter, scuffle, fight; destruction, devastation; interruption, disturbance of (--°ree;); contact (rare); refusal, rejection (rare); total eclipse (rare); -marda-ka, a. crushing, destroying; m. N.; -mardana, a. pressing, crushing; destroying; m. N. of a fairy; n. crushing; encounter, conflict; destruction, devastation; -mardin, a. (--°ree;) shattering, destroying, devastating; dispelling; -marsa, m. examination, consideration, reflection; discussion; intelligence (rare); crisis in the plot (of a play); -marsana, n. examination, reflection.
viriñca m. N. of Brahman; -riñki, m. id.; -riñkya, m. id.; -ribdha, m. tone, accent; -riramsâ, f. desire to abstain; -rúk mat, a. shining, gleaming (RV.); m. brilliant ornament (RV.); -ruga, a. 1. causing pain; 2. free from pain, well; -ruta, pp. √ ru; n. cry, yell, song (of birds), hum, noise; -ruti, f. id.; -ruda, m. n. panegyric on a prince in prose and verse; -ruddha, pp. √ rudh; n. (sc. rûpaka) kind ofcontradictory trope (in which a thing is denied and affirmed to pos sess functions existing and lacking respec tively in the object with which it is compared): -tâ, f. contradiction, opposition, conflict, -tva, n. id.; inconsistency; hostility, -dhî, a. hostile-minded.
viṣaya m. [working, field of action] sphere of activity; scope, compass, range, reach (of the eye, ear, mind, etc.); duration (of life); province, department, domain, business; restricted sphere (gr.); room, ap propriateness for (g., rare); object of a sense (there are five corresponding to the five senses: sound, touch, form, taste, smell); objects or pleasures of sense, worldly concerns, sensual enjoyments (pl.); object (opp. subject); topic, subject-matter; aim, mark; object suitable for (d., g., --°ree;); subject of comparison (in a trope: e.g. in &open;lotus-eye,&close; &open;eye&close; is the visha ya, &open;lotus&close; the vishayinor object); place, spot; region, district, country, kingdom (pl. lands, possessions): --°ree; a. manifesting itself in or as; restricted to the category of, ex clusively belonging to, invariably; relating to, treating of, concerned with, directed to, aiming at: lc. vishaye, in the sphere of, with regard to, concerning (g., --°ree;); atra vishaye, with regard to this; khandasi vishaye, only in the Veda.
viṣyandana n. trickling.
vīratara m. greater hero, than (ab.); n. a fragrant grass (Andropogon muricatus); (á)-tâ, f. manliness, heroism; -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dhara, m. N. of a wheel wright; -nâtha, a. having a hero as a pro tector; m. N.; -patta, m. hero's band (round the forehead); (á)-patnî, f. wife of a hero; -pâna, n. hero's drink (taken before or after battle); -pura, n. N. of a town in the terri tory of Kânyakubga; N. of a mythicaltown in the Himâlaya; -purusha, m. brave man, hero; -pragâyinî, f. mother of heroes; -pra bha, m. N.; -prasavinî, -prasû, f. mother of a hero; -bâhu, m. N.; -bhata, m. warrior; N. of a king; -bhadra, m. N. of a Rudra; N. of an attendant of Siva, who destroyed Daksha's sacrifice; -bhavat, m. your heroic presence (honorific term of address); -bhâva, m. heroism; -bhuga, m. N. of two kings; -mânin, a. considering oneself a hero; -mâr ga, m. heroic career; -m-manya, a. id.
vīrya n. manliness, valour; power, potency, efficacy; heroic deed; manly vigour, semen virile: (a)-kâma, a. desirous of manly vigour; (ã)-vat, a. strong, powerful, efficacious; (a)-sulka, n. heroism as a price; a. purchased by heroism; (a)-sattva-vat, a. possessed of valour and worth.
vṛttakāya a. having a round body; -gandhi: -n, n. kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages; -bandha, m. verse; -bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of good con duct and of metre; -yukta, pp.of good con duct, virtuous; -vat, a. id.; -sampanna, pp. id.; -stha, a. adhering to good conduct, vir tuous; -hîna, pp. destitute of good conduct, ill-conducted; -½âkshepa, m. statement of dissatisfaction with or disbelief in an occur rence (rh.).
vṛddhaka m. old man; -kâla, m. old age; -kosa, a. possessing a rich treasury; -kânakya, m. Kânakya the elder; -tâ, f. old age; pre-eminence in (--°ree;); -tva, n. old age; -dyumna, m. N.; -dviga-rûpin,a. having the form of an aged Brâhman; -brihaspati, m. Brihaspati the elder; -bhâva, m. old age; -manu, m. Manu the elder; (á)-vayas, a. of great might (RV.1); -vishnu, m. Vishnu (the legislator) the elder; -vîvadhâ, f.yoke of the ancients, bonds of traditional usage; -sâkalya, m. Sâkalya the elder; (á)-sravas, a. possessed of great swiftness (Indra; V.); m. ep. of Indra; -sevâ, f. deference to the aged; -sev-in, a. deferential to the aged: (-i)-tva, n. deference to old age.
vetana n. wages; price (rare).
vaimūlya n. [vimûla] difference of price.
vyākṛti f. separation, discrimina tion (Br.); detailed description (C.); explana tion (C.); -kopa, m. contradiction; -kosa, a. expanded, blown; open (hand): -kokanada, a. having expanded red lotuses: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -kriyâ, f. evolution, creation; -krosa, m. revilement, abuse; -krosî, f. id.; screech; -kshepa, m. abuse (rare); distraction (of mind); -kshepin, a. driving away (--°ree;); -khyâ, f. explanation, exposition, comment; -khyâtavya, fp. to be explained; -khyâtri, m. expounder; -khy&asharp;na, a. (î) C.: explain ing, elucidating; reminding of, resembling (g.); n. narration (Br.); recitation (Br.); explanation, exposition, comment (Br., C.); -khyâna-ya, den. P. communicate, narrate (Pr.); -khyâ-sthâna, n. school; -khyeya, fp. to be explained; -ghattanâ, f. friction; -ghâta, m. blow, stroke, shot, impact; defeat; commotion, agitation; hindrance, obstacle; (logical) contradiction; a rhetorical figure in which opposite effects are shown to arise from the same cause; an astronomical Yoga; -ghârana, n. sprinkling around (in ritual).
vraṇaya den. P. wound: pp. ita, wounded; ulcerated: -hridaya, a. heart-stricken.
vrīhin a. growing rice (field).
vrīhi m. rice: pl. grains of rice: (i)-mat, a. mixed with rice; growing rice (field); -máya, a. made of rice.
śamī f. N. of a tree (Prosopis spici- gera or Mimosa Suma), from the wood of which the Aranîs or fire-sticks were made perh. fr. √ 1. sam, work, owing to the fric tion required in producing fire]: (î)-taru, m., -vriksha, m., -latâ, f. the Samî-tree (C.); -garbhá, a. growing or contained in the Samî; m. religious fig-tree (v. asvattha); fire; -máya, a. (î) consisting or made of Samî wood.
śaraccandra m. autumnal moon (parinata-, full --); -kandrikâ, f. autumn moonlight (parinata-, a. f. having autumnal full-moonlight); -khâli, m. autumnal rice (sâli).
śaryaṇāvat m. (reedy) pond (RV., rare), fig. of Soma-vat (according to comm. N. of a lake or district in Kurukshe tra, RV.).
śaṣpa n. young grass, sprouting rice etc.; grass; n. (?) loss of presence of mind: -bhug, -bhogana, m. grass-eater; -½âda, a. graminivorous.
śāli m. (sg. & pl.) rice (and similar kinds of grain); civet cat (rare): -kana, m. grain of rice; -kedâra, m. rice-field; -kshe tra, n. id.; -gopî, f. female watcher of a rice-field; -kûrna, n. rice-flour; -tandula,m. grain of rice.
śāleya a. (î) growing rice (sâli).
śālibhavana n. rice-field; -bhû, f. id.; -vâhana, m. (rice-bearer), N. of a king, adversary of Vikramâditya, the date of his birth, 78 a. d., being the beginning of the Saka era; -samrakshikâ, f.female guardian of a rice-field; -hotra, m. poetical N. of the horse (receiving offerings of=fed on, rice); N. of a Rishi, regarded as the first authority on the horse; n. Sâlihotra's work on the horse: -gña, a. familiar with --.
śālyanna n. boiled rice, rice pap; -½odana, m. n. id.
śukta pp. [fermented: √ suk] become sour; harsh, rough; n. sour liquor (produced by fermentation); sour rice gruel; harsh words: -(a)-ka, a. sour; n. sour eructation.
śulka m. (rare), n. V.: price, value; C.: toll, duty, tax; price of a girl, nuptial gift; wages of prostitution (rare): -sthâna, n. toll-station, custom-house.
saṃrakṣa a. guarding; m. guardian: â, f. protection; -rakshana, n. protection, preservation, of (g., --°ree;), from (--°ree;); -raksha- nîya, fp. to be watched, -guarded against; -rakshya, fp. to be guarded or protected, from (ab.); -preserved or maintained; -guarded against; -rambha, m. agitation; impetuosity, violence; zeal, ardent desire (to, for, inf., --°ree;); anger, wrath against (lc., g.+ upari); brunt (of battle); intensity, vehem ence (of passions); °ree;-with a.=excessively; -rambh-in, a. ardently devoted to (--°ree;); angry, enraged; irascible: (-i)-tva, n. fury; -ra râná, pf. pt. √ râ; -râga, m. redness; pas sion, vehemence; attachment to (lc.); -râdh aka, a. thoroughly concentrated; (sám) râdhana, a. (î) conciliating (Br., S.); n. profound meditation (C.); -râdhya, fp. to be conciliated; -attained by profound con centration; -râva,m. clamour, roar; -rodha, m. checking, impeding, restraining, with holding; blockade, investment, siege; re striction, injury; suppression, destruction; -rodhana, n. restraining, suppressing, stop ping; -ropana, a. causing to heal; n. plant ing; -rohana, n. healing up; planting; -roh in, a. growing in (--°ree;).
saṃstha a. standing, staying, resting, existing, or contained in (lc., gnly. --°ree;); being in or with=belonging to (lc. or --°ree;); based or dependent on (--°ree;); being in possession of (--°ree;); lasting (--°ree;; rare); á, m. (RV.): only lc. in the midst or presence of (g.); -sth&asharp;, f. remaining or abiding with (--°ree;; E., rare); form, appearance (C.); established order, standard, rule (C.); condition, state, nature (C.); completion, conclusion (V.); end, death (P.); complete liturgical course (being the basis of a sacrifice; the Gyotishtoma, the Haviryagña, and Pâkayagña consist of seven such forms); spy in one's own country (rare): --°ree; a. a, having the form of, appearing as; -sthâna, n. position, situation in a place (--°ree;); standing firm (in battle); existence; life; strict adherence to (--°ree;); abode; public place in a town; form, shape, appearance (ord. mg.; often with rûpa); condition, state, nature (rare); aggregate (rare): -vat, a. ex isting; having various forms; -sthâpaka, a. establishing; -sthâpana, n. fixing, setting up, erecting; establishment, of (g., --°ree;); re gulation of (--°ree;): â, f. cheering up, encourage ment; -sthâpayitavya, fp. to be cheered or consoled; -sth&asharp;pya, fp. C.: to be placed in (subjection) to (g.); -impressed on the mind (lc.) of (g.); V.: to be concluded (sacrifice); (sám)-sthiti, f. C.: union with (in., lc.); standing or resting on (lc., --°ree;); position; abid ing, residence in (lc.); duration, continuance; perseverance (rare); attaching importance to (lc.); existence, possibility, of (g., --°ree;); form; established order; condition, nature; V.: conclusion (rare); P.: end, death (rare).
sakaṇṭaka a. thorny, prickly; having the hair erect; -kamala, a. provided with lotuses; -kampa, a. trembling: -m, ad.; -karuna, a. piteous; compassionate: -m, ad.; -karna, a. having ears, hearing:-ka, a. having ears; -kartri-ka, a. having an agent; -karma-ka, a. effective; connected with an object, transitive (verb); -karma-tâ, f., -tva, n. transitiveness; -karman, a. transitive.
saṃkoca m. shrinking up, con traction, compression; curtailment, diminu tion; limitation, restriction; drying up (of a lake): akshi-pakshmanoh --, closure of the eyes: -kârin, a. shrinking, humble, modest; -kokana, a. (î) contracting (--°ree;); n. contrac tion; -kokin, a. closing (flower); diminish ing, curtailing.
saṃgha m. [combination: √ han] throng, multitude (nearly always with g. or --°ree;); host of enemies (rare); corporation; community, congregation (B.); brotherhood, sect (among the Jains); incorr. for sa&ndot;ga: -kârin, a. gregarious; -ghatana, n., â, f. combination, union, with (--°ree;); -ghatta, m. concussion, clashing together, collision, frie tion; combination, union, with (in.; rare); -ghattana, n.collision, clash; friction; n., â, f. union; -ghatta-panita, n. wager; -gha titha, a. numerous; -gharsha, m. friction; rivalry, emulation, jealousy (regarding, prati, --°ree;); -gharshana, n. friction; -gharshayi tri, m. rival; -gharsha-sâlin, a. jealous; -gharshin, a. id., envious; vying with (--°ree;); -gha-sas, ad. in great numbers.
saṃcaya m. sg. & pl. accumulation, hoard, store, wealth, quantity, collection; gathering, collecting (rare): d. in order to have more; -kayana, n. gathering, collecting; -kaya-vat, a. possessed of wealth, rich; -kay ika, a. having provisions (only --°ree;); -kará, a. go ing about (mûrti-, with a body=incarnate); together, simultaneous (V.); m. place for walk ing, road, path, passage; evolution (in Sâ&ndot; khya phil.); -kárana, a. (î) suitable for going on, passable, converging (V.); n. navigation (of the sea: ac.; RV.); motion, from (ab.), in (lc., --°ree;), by means of (--°ree;); -karishnu, a. moving about, roaming; -karvana, n. chew ing; -kalana, n. trembling, quaking; -kâra, m. walking about, wandering, roaming, driv ing; motion; transit, passage; entrance, portal; transition or transference to (--°ree;); track (of wild animals), road (rare): -ka,; -kâranîya, fp. to be wandered through; -transferred to (lc.); -kârita, cs. pp. (√ kar) set in motion, worked; -kârin, a. (n-î) walk ing about, wandering, roaming, moving, mov able (in, lc., --°ree;); penetrating into (--°ree;); trans mitted, infectious, hereditary (disease); com ing in contact with, contiguous to (in.); carried with one (umbrella); being in, en gaged with (--°ree;); accessory (sentiment, etc.); taking with one (--°ree;);-kârya, fp. accessible (in a-); produced by (--°ree;); -kikîrshu, des. a. intending to perform; -kiti, f. piling; col lecting, saving; -kintya, fp. to be considered; -regarded as (-vat); -kinu½âna-ka, a. oc cupied with collecting(wealth); -keya, fp. to be accumulated; -kodayitavya, fp. to be urged on; -khettri, m. dispeller (of doubts).
satyaka m. N.; -karman, n. vera city; a. whose actions are true (RV.1); (á) kâma, a. truth-loving (V.); m. N. (V.); -gir, a. true to his word; -m-kâra, m. promise: -krita, pp. delivered as earnest-money;-gâ, a. born of truth (Br.); -gít, a. truly vic torious, conquering by truth (V.); m. N.; -tas, ad. in truth, truly, really; -t&asharp;, f. reality, truth (Br., C.); love of truth, veracity (C.): agrya-satyatâm gam, be recognised inone's true character; (á)-tâti, f. reality: lc. â, in reality (RV.1); a. making true (RV.1); -ti tikshâ-vat, a. truthful and patient; -tva, n. reality; -darsin, a. seeing or discerning the truth; -dris, a. id.; -dhana, a. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful; -dhara, m. N.; -dhar ma, m. law of truth: -patha, m. path of eter nal truth, -parâyana, a. devoted to truth and virtue; (á)-dharman, a. whose ordinances are true (V.); adhering to or speaking the truth (S.); (á)-dhriti, a. sincere in purpose; strictly truthful; m. N.; -nâma-tâ, f. cor rectness of name; -nâman, a. having a correct name, entitled to one's name; -parâkrama, a. truly valiant, heroic or mighty (person); -bhâmâ, f. N. of a daughter of Satrâgit and one of the wives of Krishna; -bhâshana, n. speaking of truth; (á)-mantra, a. whose words are true (RV.); (á)-manman, a. whose thoughts are true (V.); -maya, a. (î) consisting of truth, truthful; -mrishâ-viveka, m. discrimination of truth and falsehood; -yuga, n. first or Krita age; (á)-yoni, a. hav ing a permanent abode (RV.1); (á)-râdhas, a. bestowing real blessings, truly beneficent (RV.); -rûpa, a. whose appearance is true; credible, probable; -loka, m. world of truth (highest of the seven worlds); -vakana, n. speaking of truth; giving of a promise, solemn assurance; a. speaking the truth; -vat, a. true, truthful; containing the word satya (Br.): m. N.: -î, f. N. of the wife of Parâsara (Samtanu) and mother of Vyâsa; -vadana, n. speaking of truth: -sîla, a. habi tually truthful; -vara, incorr. for sattva vara; -varman, m. N.;-vâkya, n. true speech; a. true of speech; -v&asharp;k, f. true speech (C.); assurance (RV.); a. truthful; -vâkaka, a. speaking the truth, truthful; -vâd-ín, a. id.: (-i)-tâ, f., (-i)-tva, n. truth fulness; -vâhana, a. conveying the truth (dream); -vikrama, a. truly valiant; -vya vasthâ, f. ascertainment of the truth; -vra ta, n. vow of truthfulness; a. strictly truthful; m. N.; -sîla, a. addicted to truth; (á)-sush ma, a. truly valiant (V.); (á)-sravas, n. true renown (V.); m. N.; -srâvana, n. tak ing a solemn oath; -srut, a. listening to the truth (RV.); -samrakshana, n. keeping one's word; -samhita, a. true to one's agreement or promise (Br.); (á)-samkalpa, a. whose purpose is true (=realised); -samgara, a. keeping one's promise; -sad, a.=rita-sad; (á)-samdha, a. true to engagements, keeping one's agreement or promise; m. N.: -tâ, f. fidelity to one's promise, trustworthiness; -sâkshin, m.veracious witness; -stha, a. holding fast to the truth, keeping one's word; -½ânanda, m. true bliss: -kid-âtman, m. true bliss and pure intellect; -½anritá, n. du. truth and falsehood (V.); sg. du. practice of truth and falsehood, trade, commerce (C.).
sadhana a. wealthy; together with riches: -tâ, f. wealthiness.
saṃdeha m. conglomeration, mortal coil (contemptuous term, Br.); C.: doubt, un certainty, as to (g., lc., --°ree;); doubtful matter (rare); danger, risk; a rhetorical figure: w. na or na½asti, without doubt (used paren thetically): -dâyin, a. causing uncertainty regarding, reminding of (--°ree;); -dolâ-stha, a. swayed by the swing of doubt; -pada, a. sub ject to doubt, doubtful; -bhrit, a. cherishing doubt regarding (lc.).
vaṭikā f. kind of perforated rice cake.
samudanta a. rising above the edge, about to overflow (V.); -aya, m. union, junction (of forces); combination, aggregate; income, revenue (rare); success (rare): -m kri, collect or assemble (an army); -âkâra, m. presentation, offering, of (--°ree;); good or courteous behaviour; intercourse with (in.); address; -âya, m. combination, collection, aggregate, whole; genus (elephant); -âyin, a. combining, forming an aggregate; -ita mukha, a. with one voice, all at once; -ga, m. round casket; kind of artificial stanza (in which the two halves are identical in sound but different in meaning, e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 16): -ka, m. n. round casket; -gama, m. rise (of the sun), rising (of dust, of the breast); -danda, a. uplifted (arm); -desa, m. exposition, doctrine; locality, place; -dhata, pp. √ han: -lâ&ndot;gûla, a. cocking his tail; -dharana, n. upraising, extrication; removal; -dhartri, m. deliverer from (the ocean, danger, ab.); extirpator; -dhâra, m. extraction; rescue; removal, destruction; -bandhana, n. hanging up: âtmanah --, hanging oneself; -bodhana, n.resuscitation; -bhava, m. production, origin; appearance: --°ree; a. arising or produced from, being the source of; -bhâsana, n. illuminating; -bhe da, m. development; source; -yama, m. lift ing up; exertion, effort, labour, setting about (d., lc., --°ree;); -yamin, a. exerting oneself, strenuous; -yoga, m. employment, use (rare); preparation, equipment; energy; concurrence (of causes).
saṃpakva a. boiled soft; ripe; fully matured; -patti, f. concord (S., rare); turn ing out well, success, accomplishment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare); good condition, excellence; abundance, affluence; lucky event; prosperity, fortune (sg., pl.): in. at random: -ka, a. --°ree;, excellence; -pád, f. V.: agreement, bargain (rare); full number, total; C.: success, accomplishment, fulfilment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare; --°ree; a.=possess ing); right condition; excellence, perfection, beauty; abundance, plenty, high degree or excess of; (what befals), fate (rare); good fortune, prosperity, wealth, property (sg., pl.); -panna-kshîrâ, a. f. giving good milk: (a)-tamâ, spv. f. giving very good milk; -panna-tara, cpv. very palatable; -panna tâ, f. possession of (--°ree;); -panna-danta, a. possessing teeth; -parâyá, m. death (rare); conflict, battle; -parigraha, m. gracious re ception of (g.); property; -parka, m. mix ture, union, contact, association (of, --°ree;; with, in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -pâta, m. C.: flight, swift descent, fall, into (lc.); a particular mode of flight; col lision, concussion, encounter, with (saha); confluence; point of contact (rare); en trance, appearance, occurrence; V.: remnant of fluid (in a vessel), residue of an offering; hymns contiguous in the Samhitâ and ritual (also -sûkta, n.); -pâti, m. N. of a fabulous bird, son of Aruna or Garuda and elder brother of Gatâyu; -pâtín, a. flying to gether; flying with=equally swift; falling down (flowers); -pâda-ka, a. procuring, bestowing; producing, causing; -pâdana, a. (î) procuring, bestowing; carrying out, executing; n. procurement, acquirement; accomplishment, fulfilment, execution, per formance, production; clearing, putting in order (a house or site); -pâdanîya, fp. to be procured; -carried out, brought about, or accomplished; -appeased; -pâdayitri, m., trî, f. procurer; producer, accomplisher; -pâdita-tva, n. accomplishment or fulfilment by (--°ree;); -pâdin, a. coinciding with, suitable for (in., --°ree;); procuring; accomplishing; -p&asharp;d ya, fp. to be brought about, effected, or accomplished: -tva, n. accomplishment; -pârin, a. putting across (of a vessel, Br.); -pipâdayishâ, f. desire to accomplish; wish to prove right; -pîda, m. pressure: â, f. pain, torment; -puñga, m.multitude; -puta, m. hemispherical bowl (and anything shaped like it); round casket (for jewellery etc.); hemisphere (rare); credit, balance: e likh, write down (ac.) to the credit of (g.); -put ikâ, f. jewel-casket (=treasuryof aphorisms and tales); -pushti, f. perfect prosperity; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. honouring, reverence; -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled etc.: -kâlîna, a. occurring in the fulness of (=at the right) time (birth), -kumbha, m. full pot; -pûrna-tâ, f. com pleteness, completion; full measure: -yuk ta, pp. having abundance; -pûrna½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having its parts complete, entire; -pûrti, f. fulfilment, completion; -pûrva, a. pre ceded by=compounded with pûrva; -prik ta-tva, n. union.
samṛta pp. √ ri; (sám)-riti, f. (RV.) meeting; conflict; (-sám)-riddha, pp. (√  ridh) rich, affluent, flourishing, etc.; (sám)- riddhi, f. increase, thriving, prosperity, suc cess; excellence; abundance, plenty, pro fusion; affluence, wealth (also pl.): --°ree; a. increased by: -karana, n. means of procur ing prosperity, -mat, a. perfectly successful, -samaya, m. season of prosperity; -riddhî kri, make rich; -rídha,a. complete, per fect (RV.1).
saṃmata pp. √ man; n. opinion: in., lc. according to the view of (g.); lc. with the consent of (g.); -mati, f. opinion, view (rare); concurrence, approval; reverence, respect: in. with the assent of (g.); -matta, pp. in toxicated; -mada, m. joy, delight, at (--°ree;): -maya, a. (î) full of joy; (sám)-manas, a. unanimous (V.); -marda, m. friction; im pact; concourse, throng; trampling; encoun tering (--°ree;); conflict, with (--°ree;); -mardana, m. N. of a fairy; -mársana, n. (V.) stroking; -mâ, f. symmetry, equality in number; -mâ trí (AV. also sám-), a. having the same mother (V.); -mâna, m. (n.) respect, honour (also pl.; often incorrectly spelt san-); -mânana, n. honouring, showing respect to: â, f. id.; -mânita-vimânita, pp. first honoured and then disgraced; -mânin, a. having a sense of honour; -mârga, m. wiping, cleansing; whisp of grass for tying faggots (S.); -mârgaka, a. sweeping, cleansing; m. sweeper; -m&asharp;rgana, n. wiping, cleansing, sweeping: î, f. broom; (sám)-mita, pp. (√ mâ) commensurate, con formable etc.; m. N. of a mythical being; n.distance: -tva, n. complete parallelism (rh.); -misra, a. commingled, intermixed, joined, or provided with (in., --°ree;); -misrana, n. in termingling; (sám)-misla, a. mixing, united with (in., lc.; RV.); -mîlana, n. closing (of the eyes); cessation of activity.
sarvadeva m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one.
saloka a. living in the same world as (in., g.; V.): (á)-tâ, f. residence in the same world as (in., --°ree;); -lobha, a. avaricious; (sá)-loman, a. following the grain with, cor responding to or co-extensive with (in.).
sasya n. crop; corn, grain; fruit, produce (often incorrectly spelt sasya): -kshe tra, n. corn-field; -pâla, m. field-watcher; -mâlin, a. wreathed with corn or crops (earth); -rakshaka, m. field-watcher; -rakshâ, f. guarding the fields; -vat, a. bearing a rich crop (field); -½âkara-vat, a. bearing abun dance of corn; -½âvâpa, m. sowing of crops.
sāmānya a. [samâna] equal, alike; joint, common, to (in. ± saha, --°ree;); universal, general; ordinary, commonplace; n. equal ity, identity; equilibrium, normal condition (rare); universality, general or fundamental notion: -m, ad. after the manner of, like; jointly, in common; in., ab., °ree;--, in general (opp. visesha-tas, in particular); -tas, ad. id.; similarly, according to analogy; -to drishta, n. (sc. anumâna) inference from common occurrence to universality, generali zation, induction; -lakshana, n. generic defi nition; -vakana, a. expressing the common property; expressing a general notion; n. substantive (opp. attribute); -vat, a. having universality, general; -sabda, m. word of general meaning.
sāra m. V., C.: core; strength, power, energy; C.: firmness, hardness; value; wealth, riches; pith, substance, best part, quintessence, epitome (ord. mg.); nectar (rare); water (rare); kind of climax (rh.); a. having as the best or main thing (--°ree;, like para); hard, firm, strong; valuable; best; right; motley, speckled (=sâra): w. bala, m. picked troops: -ka, a. full of (--°ree;); -ga, a. strong, powerful; -tas, ad. according to the value; according to one's means.
sārasa a. (î) belonging to a lake (saras); m. (--°ree; a. f. â) Indian crane (Ardea sibirica); sts.=swan (hamsa); N. of a hunch back; n. lotus: î, f. female crane.
sāvakāśa a. applicable; -½ava graha, a. limited; analysed (compound); withholding its water (cloud); -½avakârana, a. together with the application; -½avagña, a. disdainful, of (lc.): -m, ad.contemptu ously; -½avadya, a. censurable (act); inferior (commodity); -½avadhâna, a. attentive, heed ful, careful: -m, ad. attentively, -tâ, f. carefulness; -½avadhârana, a. attended with a limitation; restrictive (so as to exclude everything but what has been stated); -½ava dhi, a. limited, circumscribed.
sāhitya n. [sahita] association, with (in., --°ree;); agreement; rhetorical com position, art of poetry: in. in combination, together: -darpana, n. Mirror of Poetry, T. of a work (15th century).
sikta pp. √ sik (-tâ, f. condition of being watered); -tí, f. effusion (V.); -tha, m. n. [√ sik] boiled rice; ball of boiled rice; beeswax.
sugandhayukti f. preparation of perfumes; -½âdhya, a. rich in fragrance; -½âditya, m. N.
sītā f. [line drawn: pp. √ *sî] fur row; Sîtâ, personified as wife of Indra and of Râma (identified with Lakshmî): -gâni, m. ep. of Râma; -dravya, n. agricultural im plements; -yagña, m.sacrifice to the furrow; a. sacrificing to the furrow.
suvitta a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.
somaka m. N. of a king (V., C.); C.: N. of a country; king or native of Somaka: ikâ, f. N. of a bird; -ka½îsvara, m. king of Somaka; -kráyana, a. (î) serving as the price of the Soma plant: î, f. cow --;-grahá, m. bowl of Soma (V.); eclipse of the moon (C.); -tîrtha, n. N. of a place of pilgrim age; -tva, n. condition of Soma; -datta, m. N. of various kings and Brâhmans; -dâ, f. N. of a Brâhman woman; -deva, m. god Soma; god of the moon; N. of various men: -bhatta, m. N. of the author of the Kathâ- saritsâgara; -devatya, a. having Soma as its deity; -devî, f. N. of a wife of Kâmapâla; -nâtha, m. N. of various scholars; n. N. of a celebrated Li&ndot;ga and its temple in Gujerat (destroyed in 1024 a. d.); -pá, a. drinking or entitled to drink Soma juice (V., C.); m. pl. N. of a class of Manes; -p&asharp;, a. id.; -pâna, n. drinking of Soma; (-p&asharp;na), a. Soma drinking, m. Soma drinker (V.); -pây in, a., m. id.; -pâla, m. guardian of Soma (Br.); N. of various men; -p&asharp;van, m. Soma drinker (RV.); -pîdâ, f. N. of a princess; (sóma)-pîti, f. (V.)draught of Soma (always d.); -pîthá, m. id. (V.); -pîthín, a. partici pating in the Soma draught; -putra, m. son of Soma; son of the moon, planet Mercury; -purusha, m. servant of Soma; (sóma) prishtha, a. bearing Soma on its back (V.); -péya, n. draught of Soma (RV.); -prabha, a. having the splendour of the moon; m. N.: â, f. N.; -pravâka, m. herald of the Soma sacrifice (V.); -mád, a. (strg. st. -m&asharp;d) in toxicated with Soma (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva; (sóma)-râgan, a. (ñî) having Soma as a king; -râta, m. N.; -la devî, f. N. of a princess; -vamsa, m. lunar race of kings; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the lunar race; (sóma)-vat, a.containing Soma, attended etc. by Soma (V.); -vallî, f. Soma plant; -vâra, m. Monday; -vâsara, m. or n. id.; -vikrayín, a. selling Soma; m. seller of Soma; -vriddha, pp. invigorated by Soma (RV.); -sarman, m. N. of various men; (sóma)-sita, pp. sharpened by Soma; -sush man, m. N. (Br.); -sûra, m. N.; -samsthâ, f. fundamental form of the Soma sacrifice; -sad, m. pl. N. of the Manes of the Sâdhyas; -salila, n. Soma water; -sú-t, a.pressing Soma; -suta, m. son or descendant of the Moon; (sóma)-suti, f. pressing of Soma; -sútvan, a. pressing Soma; m. Soma-pres ser; -svâmin, m. N.; -½ânanda, m. N.; â raudrá, a. belonging to Soma and Rudra; n. (sc. sûkta) the hymn RV. VI, 74 (C.).
skhala m. stumbling (rare); -ana, n. id., tripping, unsteady gait; faltering (of speech); displacement (of a garment); clash ing, dashing against; friction, contact; strok ing (with the hand); emission (of semen); falling into (--°ree;); blundering, mistake in (a name, --°ree;); -ita, (pp.) n. tripping, stumbling, staggering; blunder, error, aberration, trans gression in (lc., --°ree;); deprivation, loss of (af fection, g.): -subhagam, ad. tripping charm ingly.
stamba m. bunch, tuft (esp. of grass): -kari, a. forming bunches: -tâ, f. formation of (abundant) sheaves or clusters (of rice).
stāva m. [√ stu] praise, panegyric: -ka, a. praising; m. praiser, panegyrist.
stavarāja m. chief of panegyrics.
stavaraka m.n. kind of fabric or stuff.
stava m. [√ stu] praise, eulogy, pane gyric, song of praise (RV.1, C.); -átha, m. praise (RV.1); -á-dhyai, d. inf. √ stu (RV.); -ana, n. praising, praise.
stuti f. (hymn of) praise, laudation, panegyric, commendation: -gîtaka, n. song of praise: w. vaishnava, panegyric of Vishnu; -pâthaka, m. panegyrist; -vakas, n. praise.
stoma m. [√ 1. stu] (hymn of) praise, eulogium, panegyric (V.; very rare in P.); fundamental form of chant (seven being the usual number of them; rit.); mass, quan tity, multitude (C.): -tashta,pp. fashioned into (=being the theme of) praise (RV.); -bhâga, a. having the Stoma as one's share (Br.); m. pl. N. of certain (29) verses be longing to the Soma sacrifice, employed while laying the fifth layer of bricks (V.):â, f. N. of these bricks; -várdhana, a. (thriving on=) delighting in hymns of praise (RV.1); (stóma)-vâhas, a. (RV.) offering praise; receiving a hymn of praise; -vriddhi, f. en largement of the Stoma.
stotavya fp. [√ 1. stu] to be praised; -trí, m. praiser, worshipper, believer; -trá, n. hymn of praise, panegyric; N. of chants corresponding to the Sastras (rit.).
sthapati m. [lord of the district: √ sthâ] governor, head official, chief (V.; rare in C.); architect (C.).
sthāpatya n. [sthapati] office of governor of a district; architecture.
sthāla n. bowl, dish, pot; hollow of a tooth (rare): &isharp;, f. earthen dish, cooking-pot, caldron: (sth&asharp;lî)-pâka (AV.) or -pâká (SB.), m. food cooked in a pot, dish of barley or rice boiled in milk (often as an offering).
syanda m. flowing, trickling; trick ling fluid, juice; -aná, a. (C.) swift (car); dripping (--°ree;); m. war-chariot, car (RV.1, C.); a tree (Dalbergia Ougeinensis); n. flowing, trickling; -in, a. flowing; emitting moisture (moonstone), shedding milk spontaneously (cow); flowing with, distilling, dripping (--°ree;): -î, f. female animal with a flowing udder; -rá, a. (RV.) speeding; quickly melting away (wealth).
sva a. own, my, thy, his, her, our, your, their: refers strictly speaking to the nearest subject, but is often loosely connected with other words (e. g. bhrâtaram svapuram pre shayâm âsa, he sent his brother to his, the brother's, city); m. n. (C.) one's self, the ego (e. g. svam ka brahma ka, the ego and Brah man): in oblique cases used (like âtman) as a reflexive prn. (e. g. svam nindantah, blaming themselves); m. (C.)man of one's own people, kinsman, friend: pl. one's people, friends; man of one's own caste, â, f. woman --; n. (V., C.) one's own goods, property.
svāṅga n. own member or body; limb or body in the strict sense: -bha&ndot;ga, m. injury to one's own body.
haridrā f. turmeric: -râga, a. whose affection lasts only as long as the colour of turmeric.
haviṣkṛt a. preparing the oblation (V.); (ísh)-kriti, f. preparation of the oblation (RV.); (ísh)-pa&ndot;kti, f. aggregate of five oblations (Br.); (ish)-pa&ndot;kti, a. consisting of five oblations (V.); (ísh)-pati, m. lord of the oblation; -p&asharp;, a. drinking the oblation (RV.1); -pânt-îya, a. beginning with havísh p&asharp;ntam (RV. X, 88, 1); (ísh) mat, V. a. having the oblation prepared, offering an oblation; attended with or con taining oblations; m. N. of various Rishis (V., C.); pl. N. of certain Manes, sons of A&ndot;giras (C.); -yã, a. suitable or prepared for the oblation (esp. of rice and other kinds of grain); m. n.sacrificial offering of grain.
halin m. ploughman, agriculturist; ep. of Balarâma (± râma).
hāyana m. n. (--°ree; a. î) year; m. kind of red rice (rare); a. relating to the year, lasting a year, yearly (AV.); --°ree; a. lasting years (V., C.).
hāridra a. coloured with turmeric (haridrâ), yellow.
hetu m. [impulse: √ hi] cause, motive, of (lc., --°ree;, rarely d., g.; very rare in V.); C.: reason, argument, proof (in logic = second part of the five-membered syllogism); means; price (rare); condition, sine quâ non (of sub sistence); manner (rare); agent of the causa tive verb (gr.); primary cause (opp. pratyaya, secondary cause: B.); cause of the bondage of the soul, world of sense, nature (among the Pâsupatas); short speech setting forth the requisite conditions for the attainment of an end (dr.): in. hetunâ, ab. g. hetoh, rarely also d. or lc., for a cause or reason, by reason of, on account of (g., --°ree;); yato hetoh, because; iti hetoh, for this reason; --°ree; a. having -as a cause, caused, impelled, or attracted by: -ka, (--°ree;) a. (î) causing, producing; caused or produced by; -tâ, f. causation; -tva, n. id.; state of being the reason orthe primary cause; agency of the causal verb; -mat, a. having a cause, caused; provided with reasons or proofs, well-founded; open to argument; -mâtra-tâ, f. condition of being a mere means; -mâtra-maya, a. serving only as a means; -rûpaka, n. reasoned metaphor; -vidyâ, f. dialectics, logic; -sâstra, n. id.
hevāka m. whim, caprice.
Bloomfield Vedic
360 results0 results89 results
agnināgne brahmaṇā, ānaśe vyānaśe sarvam āyur vyānaśe # TB.; 2.1.24. P: agnināgne brahmaṇā Apś.5.12.1. Probably metrical: see the separate pādas.
agne yān devān ayāḍ yāṃ (MS. yaṃ) apiprer ye te hotre amatsata tāṃ sasanuṣīṃ (KS. samanaiṣīr) hotrāṃ devaṃgamāṃ divi deveṣu yajñam erayemam # MS.4.10.3: 151.8; KS.19.13; TB.; 6.13.1; 14.3; Aś.1.8.7; śś.1.13.3. The passage seems metrical: pādas after apiprer, amatsata, devaṃgamāṃ.
agne sujāta pra ca deva ricyase # RV.2.1.15b.
atas tvaṃ deva vanaspate śatavalśo (MSṃś. tvaṃ barhiḥ śatavalśaṃ) viroha # VS.5.43; MS.1.1.2a: 2.1; 4.1.2: 3.12; śB.; Mś. P: atas tvam Kś.6.1.20. See devabarhiḥ śatavalśaṃ, and vanaspate śatavalśo. Metrical, turned into prose in the White Yajus-texts.
adhattānyaṃ jaṭhare prem aricyata (SV. aricyata pra cetaya) # RV.2.22.2c; SV.2.838c.
antarikṣodaraḥ kośo bhūmibudhno na jīryati, diśo hy asya sraktayo dyaur asyottaraṃ bilam, sa eṣa kośo vasudhānas tasmin viśvam idaṃ śritam # ChU.3.15.1. Metrical.
antarhitā me ṣaḍ urvīḥ sadhrīcīḥ # AVP.13.1.6a.
apātām aśvinā gharmam # VS.38.13; śB.; śś.8.15.13; Lś.5.7.5. P: apātām Kś.26.6.8. Cf. aśvinā gharmaṃ, and gharmam apātam. Treated metrically in most of the texts.
aruṇaṃ bhānuman marīcimad abhitapat tapasvat # TB.
arvāṅ tricakro madhuvāhano rathaḥ # RV.1.157.3a; SV.2.1110a.
aśvāvad goman mayy astu puṣṭam # Kauś.90.18. Metrical.
asur asi prathamajā asur nāmāsur ucyase 'sur aham asus tvaṃ kim adyāsur asuṃ karad asor asuṃ pratītana saṃjānīdhvam # KS.7.13. Metrical.
asmād vai tvam ajāyathā eṣa tvaj jāyatāṃ svāhā # JB.1.2; 1.47. Metrical. See under prec.
asyed eva pra ririce mahitvam # RV.1.61.9a; AVś.20.35.9a; TS.; MS.4.12.2a: 181.11; KS.8.17a. P: asyed evā (!) MS.4.12.5: 192.14.
ād it paktiḥ puroḍāśaṃ riricyāt # RV.4.24.5b.
āpo marīcīḥ pari pāntu sarvataḥ (MG. viśvataḥ) # PG.3.3.6a; MG.2.8.6a. See next.
āpo marīcīḥ pra vahantu no dhiyaḥ # AG.2.4.14a. See prec.
indrāya tvā bṛhadvate vayasvata ukthāyuve (MS.KS. ukthāyuvam; VSK. ukthāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi; VS.śB. ukthāvyaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.7.22; VSK.7.9.1; TS.; MS.1.3.14: 35.13; KS.4.5; śB. Ps: indrāya tvā bṛhadvate vayasvate TS.; Apś.12.15.11; indrāya tvā bṛhadvate KS.27.10; Mś.; indrāya tvā Kś.10.3.20. Treated metrically in MS.
iṣṭo agnir āhutaḥ pipartu (KSṭB. svāhākṛtaḥ pipartu) na iṣṭaṃ haviḥ (TB. omits the last two words) # VS.18.57; MS.2.12.3: 147.4; KS.18.18; TB. P: iṣṭo agnir āhutaḥ pipartu naḥ śB. Treated metrically in some of the texts. Cf. samiddho agnir āhutaḥ.
iṣṭo yajño bhṛgubhir draviṇodā yatibhir (MS. once yattibhir) āśīrdā vasubhiḥ (KS. āśīrvāṃ atharvabhiḥ; Apś. vasubhir āśīrvān atharvabhiḥ) # VS.18.56; TS.; MS.1.4.1: 48.4; 2.12.3: 147.3; KS.5.4; 18.18; 32.4; Apś.4.12.10. Ps: iṣṭo yajño bhṛgubhiḥ MS.1.4.5: 53.13; śB.; Apś.17.23.9; Mś.;; iṣṭo yajñaḥ KS.40.13; Kś.18.6.19. Treated metrically in some of the texts.
ihaiva rātayaḥ santu (MS. santi saṃ yajurbhiḥ) # VS.38.13; MS.4.9.9: 129.4; śB.; TA.4.7.5; śś.8.15.13; Lś.5.7.5. Treated metrically in most of the texts.
ucchiṣṭocchiṣṭopahataṃ yac ca pāpena dattaṃ mṛtasūtakād vā vasoḥ pavitram agniḥ savituś ca raśmayaḥ punantv annaṃ mama duṣkṛtaṃ ca yad anyat # MU.6.9. Apparently metrical. Cf. under next but one.
ut sahasrād ririce kṛṣṭiṣu śravaḥ # RV.1.102.7b.
ud in nv asya ricyate # RV.7.32.12a; AVś.20.59.3a; GB.2.4.3; Aś.5.16.2; śś.7.24.3; 12.4.22; 18.8.10; Vait.33.24.
unnetar hotuś camasam anūnnaya somaṃ mātirīricaḥ # śB.; Kś.10.6.20.
unnetaḥ sarvaṃ rājānam unnaya mātirīrico daśābhiḥ kalaśau mṛṣṭvā nyubja # Apś.14.1.10.
ekaṛtur nāti ricyate # AVś.8.9.26d.
eṣa sya rāthyo vṛṣā # VS.23.13; śB. Metrical. Cf. eṣa u sya.
o yirā yirā ca dakṣase (JB.1.175 once o yirā ihā cā dākṣāsā, thrice o yirā yirā cā dākṣāsā) # JB.1.169,175 (quater). Variations of girā-girā etc.
kim it te viṣṇo paricakṣyaṃ bhūt (SV. paricakṣi nāma) # RV.7.100.6a; SV.2.975a; TS.; MS.4.10.1a: 144.4; N.5.8a. P: kim it te viṣṇo MS.4.12.3: 186.10; Apś.9.19.12 (comm.); Mś.;
gaṇānnaṃ gaṇikānnaṃ kuṣṭānnaṃ patitānnaṃ bhuktvā vṛṣalībhojanam # MahānU.19.1. Quasi metrical.
gāva iva punarbhuvo mithunam iva marīcayo bhūyāsam # ā.
gṛhā mā bibhītopamaḥ svastye vo 'smāsu ca prajāyadhvaṃ mā ca vo gopatī riṣat # Aś.2.5.17. Metrical.
cita (KS. citas; TA.4.5.5; 5.4.8; Apś.15.7.9, citaḥ) stha paricitaḥ (KS. paricito yajamānasya sajātāḥ) # VS.12.46; TS.; KS.1.7; 16.11; 31.6; 38.12; TA.4.5.5; 5.4.8; 6.6.2; Apś.15.7.9; 16.14.4; 20.9; 19.11.9. P: cita stha Kś.17.1.7; 3.9.
jāyeva patye tanvaṃ riricyām # RV.10.10.7c; AVś.18.1.8c.
jyotiṣmantaṃ ketumantaṃ tricakram # RV.8.58 (Vāl.10).3a.
taṃ sadhrīcīr ūtayo vṛṣṇyāni (TB. vṛṣṇiyāni) # RV.6.36.3a; MS.4.14.18a: 248.13; KS.38.7a; TB. P: taṃ sadhrīcīḥ TB.
tato mahnā pra ririce mahitvā # RV.1.164.25d; AVś.9.10.3d.
tato yaḥ somo 'tyaricyata # MS.2.4.3a: 40.4.
tasya marīcayo 'psarasa āyuvo nāma (TS. 'psarasa āyuvaḥ) # VS.18.39; TS.; MS.2.12.2: 145.3; KS.18.14; śB.
tebhyo mahat pra ririceti ṣaḍbhyaḥ # JB.3.338c.
tmanā riricre abhrān na sūryaḥ # RV.10.77.3b.
trivandhuro vṛṣaṇā yas tricakraḥ # RV.1.183.1b.
dāsāsmākaṃ bahavo bhavantu # Kauś.90.18. Metrical. Read dāsā asmākaṃ.
divi deveṣu yajñam erayemam # MS.4.10.3: 151.9; TB.; 6.13.1; 14.3; Aś.1.8.7. Metrical.
divo viśvasmāt sīm aghāyata uruṣyaḥ # TA.6.2.1c: divo is metrically superfluous. See viśvasmāt sīm aghā-.
devebhyas tvā marīcipebhyaḥ # VS.7.3,6; TS.; 3.1;; MS.1.3.4: 31.10; 1.3.5: 32.7; 4.5.5: 71.2; KS.4.1 (bis),4; 27.1; śB.; 2.23; Apś.12.11.1; Mś. P: devebhyas tvā Kś.9.4.38.
na tvām indrāti ricyate # RV.8.92.14c,22c; SV.1.197c; 2.1010c; TS.; ApMB.2.11.7c.
nama uṣṇīṣiṇe giricarāya # VS.16.22; TS.; MS.2.9.3: 123.7; KS.17.12.
namo nicerave (KS. nicarāya) paricarāya # VS.16.20; TS.; MS.2.9.3: 123.4; KS.17.12.
navāratnīn apamāyāsmākaṃ tataḥ pari duṣvapnyaṃ sarvaṃ dviṣate nir dayāmasi # AVś.19.57.6. Quasi metrical. See next.
navo-navo bhavati (AVś.JUB. bhavasi) jāyamānaḥ # RV.10.85.19a; AVś.7.81.2a; 14.1.24a; TS.; 4.14.1a; MS.4.12.2a: 181.5; KS.10.12a; TB.; Aś.9.8.3; HG.1.16.1; BDh.3.8.10; JUB.3.27.11 (Vedic allusion which continues in quasi metrical style); N.11.6a. Ps: navo-navo bhavati VHDh.5.487; navo-navaḥ śś.14.32.4; GDh.27.5. Cf. BDh.3.8.14.
paḍbhiś caturbhir ed agan # VS.23.13; śB. Metrical.
parā vada dviṣantaṃ ghorāṃ vācaṃ parā vadāthāsmabhyaṃ sumitryāṃ vācaṃ dundubhe kalyāṇīṃ kīrtim ā vada # Lś.3.11.3. Quasi metrical.
purumāyasya ririce mahitvam # RV.6.21.2d.
pūrvam anyam aparam anyaṃ pādāv ava nenije devā rāṣṭrasya guptyā abhayasyāvaruddhyai # AB.8.27.8. See prec. Quasi metrical.
pṛthivyās tvā dharmaṇā vayam anu parikramāma (TA. anu kramāma; KA. anukrāmāma) suvitāya navyase # MS.4.9.10: 131.5; TA.4.11.2; KA.3.178. Quasi metrical.
prati prathasva pṛthivīm uta dyām # MS.4.1.9: 11.9. Metrical.
pra te mahnā ririce rodasyoḥ # RV.6.24.3b.
pra pṛthivyā riricāthe divaś ca # RV.1.109.6b; TS.; MS.4.10.4b: 152.15; KS.4.15b.
pra mātrābhī ririce rocamānaḥ # RV.3.46.3a.
pra ririce diva indraḥ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.6.30.1c.
pra vo 'chā ririce devayuṣ padam # RV.10.32.5a.
pra sadhrīcīr asṛjad viśvaścandrāḥ # RV.3.31.16b.
pra sindhubhyo riricāno mahitvā # RV.10.89.1d.
pra sindhubhyo ririce pra kṣitibhyaḥ # RV.10.89.11d.
pra hotā mandro ririca upāke # RV.7.42.3b.
prācī pretam adhvaraṃ kalpayantī # VS.5.17; TS.;; śB. Ps: prācī pretam adhvaram Apś.11.6.11; prācī pretam Kś.8.4.3. Metrical.
prīyantāṃ pitaraḥ prīyantāṃ pitāmahāḥ prīyantāṃ prapitāmahāḥ # Mś. (mss. thrice priyantāṃ).
brahmākṛṣṇaś ca no 'vatu # VS.23.13; śB. Metrical.
bhūtir ghṛtena muñcatu yajño yajñapatim aṃhasaḥ # Aś.3.13.15. Metrical ?.
madanti devīr amṛtā ṛtāvṛtaḥ (Mś.Apś. -vṛdhaḥ) # Vait.13.20; Apś.11.1.9; Mś. P: madanti śB.; Kś.8.2.12. Metrical.
vo vacāṃsi paricakṣyāṇi vocam # RV.6.52.14c; ArS.3.9c.
mitāsaś ca saṃmitāsaś ca na ūtaye (VS.KS. saṃmitāso no adya; MS. saṃmitāso na ūtaye) sabharaso maruto yajñe asmin # VS.17.84; TS.; MS.2.11.1: 140.6; KS.18.6. P: mitāsaś ca saṃmitāsaś ca naḥ Apś.17.16.19. Fragment: sabharaso maruto yajñe Mś. Metrical: two pādas.
yajña yajñasya yat tejas tena saṃ krāma mām abhi # TS.; KSA.3.1. Quasi metrical.
yat karmaṇāty arīricam # śB.; BṛhU.6.4.24a; PG.1.2.11. See yad asya karmaṇo.
yat te marīcīḥ pravataḥ # RV.10.58.6a.
yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricam # Apś.3.12.1a; AG.1.10.23a; ApG.1.2.7a; HG.1.3.7a; 8.16; 9.7; 17.6; 18.6; 26.14; 27.1; 28.1; 2.1.3; 2.2; 4.10; 5.2; 6.2. See yat karmaṇāty.
yadi vāruṇy asi varuṇāya tvā parikrīṇāmy ahaṃ tataḥ, vasubhyo 'thavā rudrebhya ādityebhyo 'thavā punaḥ # Rvidh.4.11.4. Metrical. See under prec.
yad ihonam akarma yad atyarīricāma prajāpatiṃ tat pitaram apy etu # AB.5.24.13; Aś.8.13.26; Vait.34.2. Quasi metrical.
yan marīcyām atiṣṭhatām # AVP.6.7.1b.
yaṃ bahava upajīvanti yo janānām asad vaśī taṃ videya prajāṃ videya # Aś.1.11.1. Two metrical pādas at the beginning.
yasyām āpaḥ paricarāḥ samānīḥ # AVś.12.1.9a.
te agna utsīdataḥ pavamānā priyā tanūs tayā saha pṛthivīm āviśa rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā gāyatreṇa ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical, five pādas.
te agne pāvakā yā manasā preyasī priyā tanūs tayā sahāntarikṣam āviśa vāmadevyena sāmnā traiṣṭubhena ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical.
te agne sūrye śuciḥ priyā tanūḥ śukre 'dhy-adhi saṃbhṛtā tayā saha divam āviśa bṛhatā sāmnā jāgatena ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical.
devīḥ stheṣṭakāḥ suśevā upaśīvarīs tā mopaśedhvaṃ jāyā iva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.12. P: yā devīḥ stheṣṭakāḥ suśevāḥ Mś. Quasi-metrical.
devy asīṣṭaka āyurdā upaśīvarī sā mām upaśeṣva jāyeva patim it sadā # KS.39.9; Apś.17.5.16. Quasi-metrical. See next.
yuṣmān (VS.śB. yuṣmā) indro 'vṛṇīta vṛtratūrye # VS.1.13; TS.; MS.1.1.4: 2.13; KS.1.11; śB.; TB.; 3.6.1. Metrical.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"ric" has 77 results
kārakaparicchedaa work dealing with Kārakas ascribed to Rudrabhaṭṭa.
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
aniyatanot subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
avadhāraṇarestriction; limitation; confer, compare अवधारणमियत्तापरिच्छेदः । यावदमत्रं ब्राह्मणानामन्त्रयतस्व Kāś. on P.II.1.8.
aśvaghāsādicompounds like अश्वघास which cannot be strictly correct as चतुथींसमास, but can be षष्ठीसमास if the word तदर्थ in the rule चतुर्थी तदर्थार्थबलिहितसुखरक्षितैः be understood in the sense of 'meant for' a particular thing which is to be formed out of it: confer, compare विकृतिः प्रकृत्येति चेदश्वघासादीनामुपसंख्यानम् M.Bh. on II.1.36.
ākṛtiliterally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
īśvarakāntaauthor of 'Dhātumāla', a short metrical treatise on roots.
uṇādeikośaa metrical work explaining the उणादि words referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. with meanings assigned to them. There are two such compositions one by Rāmatarkavāgīśa or Rāmaśarma and the other by Rāmacandra Dīkṣita.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
upamāa well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः | 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.
ubhayaniyamaa restriction understood in both the ways; confer, compare सिद्धं तूभयनियमात् उभयनियमोयम् । प्रकृतिपर एव प्रत्ययः प्रयोक्तव्यः, प्रत्ययपरैव च प्रकृतिरिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1.2, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 11; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.2.148.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ejarṭan[Edgerton, Dr. Franklin]an American Sanskrit scholar and author of ’Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary.'
aupamikafigurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि | अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.
kārikāa verse or a line or lines in metrical form giving the gist of the explanation of a topic; confer, compare संक्षिप्तसूत्रबह्वर्थसूचकः श्लोकः कारिका Padavyavasthāsūtrakārikā of Udayakīrti.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
gaṇaratnamahodadhia grammar work, consisting of a metrical enumeration of the words in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini, written by Vardhamāna, a Jain grammarian of the 12th century, who is believed to have been one of the six gems at the court of Lakṣmaṇasena of Bengal. Vardhamāna has written a commentary also, on his Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. Besides Vardhamāna's commentary, there are other commentaries written by गोवर्धन and गङ्गाधर.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
chandas(1)Vedic Literature in general as found in the rule बहुलं छन्दसि which has occurred several times in the Sutras of Panini, confer, compare छन्दोवत्सूत्राणि भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, and I.4.3; confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 1, 4; (2) Vedic Samhita texts as contrasted with the Brahmana texts; confer, compareछन्दोब्राह्मणानि च तद्विषयाणि P, IV.2.66; () metre, metrical portion of the Veda.
jātīyartaddhita affix. affix जातीय in the sense of प्रकार or variety; e. g. पटुजातीयः, मृदुजातीयः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.69. Originally जातीय was possibly an independent word, but as its use, especially as a noun, was found restricted, it came to be looked upon as an affix on the analogy of the affixes कल्प, देश्य, देशीय and others.
ṇyuṭkrt affix अन in the sense of ' skilled agent ' applied (1) to the root गै to singular. exempli gratia, for example गायनः, गायनी, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III 1.147, also गाथकः, गाथिका by P. III. 1.146: (2) to the root हा (III. P. and III.A. also) if ' rice ' or ' time ' be the sense conveyed: e. g. हायना व्रीहयः, हायनः संवत्सरः .confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.148.
tāthābhāvyaname given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.
triruktarepeated thrice, occurring thrice; a term used in the PratiSakhya works in respect of a word which is repeated in the krama and other artificial recitations.
tryambakaa grammarian of the nineteenth century, who resided at Wai in Satara District and wrote a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara which is named त्र्यम्बकी after the writer.
dravyasubstance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dhanajitname of the author of a short metrical treatise on roots named धातुक्रल्पलतिका.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
niḥsaṃdhideprived of Samdhi; without any euphoric combination or euphonic change.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padavyavasthāsūtrakārikāa metrical work on the determination of the pada or padas of the roots attributed to Vimalakīrti.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puṣkarādia class of words headed by the word पुष्कर, to which the taddhita affix इन् ( इनि ) is added provided the word ending with the affix forms the name of a district. e. g. पुष्करिणी, पद्मिनी et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 2.135.
pūrva(l)ancient, old: (2) belonging to the Eastern districts. The word is frequently used as qualifying the word अाचार्य where it means ancient.
prakṛtiniyamarestriction regarding the base, as contrasted with प्रत्ययनियम, confer, compare किमयं प्रत्ययनियम: प्रकृतिपर एव प्रत्ययः प्रयोक्तव्यः अप्रकृतिपरो नेति । अाहोस्वित् प्रकृतिनियमः । प्रत्ययपरैव प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या अप्रत्ययप्ररा नेति [ M.Bh. on P.III. 1.2.
prakṛtyarthaniyamarestriction regarding the sense of the radical base; confer, compare प्रकृत्यर्थनियमे अन्येषां प्रत्ययानामभावः । अनुदात्तङितस्तृजादयो न प्राप्नुवन्ति M.Bh. on P. I. 3.12 Vart. 5
pradeśaliterally district; sphere of application, place of the application of a rule. The word is frequently used in this sense in the Kasika Vritti; confer, compare प्रत्ययप्रदेशाः प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणमित्येवमादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.1.1 . confer, compare also अनुदात्तप्रदेशाः अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ इत्यादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.30. The word प्रदेश is also used in the sense of the place of use or utility; confer, compare संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः किं तु प्रदेशवाक्येन सहैव । ... कार्यज्ञानं च प्रदेशदेश एव Par. Sek. Pari. 3.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bhakṣyaniyamarestriction regarding edibles of a particular kindeclinable The word is quoted to illustrate the नियमविधि or restrictive rule in grammar. Although the restriction in the instance पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्याः is of the kind of परिसंख्या and called परिसंख्या, and not नियम, by the Mimamsakas, the grammarians call it a niyamavidhi. There is no परिसंख्याविधि according to grammarians; they cite only two kinds of vidhi viz. simple vidhi or apurva vidhi and niyamavidhi.
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhāvabhedthe different activities such as igniting a hearth, placing a rice-pot on it, pouring water in it et cetera, and others, which form the different parts of the main activity viz. cooking; confer, compare उक्तो भावभेदो भाष्ये Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.19, III. 4.67.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
yogāpekṣaconcerning only that particular rule to which it refers. The word is many times used in connection with a deduction ( ज्ञापक ) which is not to be applied in general, but which is restricted to the functions of that rule from which the deduction is drawn; confer, compare योगोपक्षं ज्ञापकम् M.Bh. on P. I.1.23 Vart.10, P.III.1.95 Vart.2.,P.IV. 1.87 Vart. 2, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 and V.1.1.
vardhamāna(1)a long vowel;(2)name of a famous ]ain grammarian, disciple of Govindasuri, who lived in the beginning of the twelfth century A.D.and wrote a metrical work on ganas or groups of words in grammar, named गणरत्नमहोदधि, and also a commentary on it. The work consists of 8 chapters and has got some commentaries besides the well-known one by the author himselfeminine. He also wrote two other works on grammar कातन्त्रविस्तर and क्रियागुप्तक as also a few religious books.
vājapyāyanaan ancient grammarian who holds the view that words denote always the jati i.e they always convey the generic sense and that the individual object or the case is understood in connection with the statement or the word,as a natural course,when the purpose is not served by taking the generic sense; confer, compare अाकृत्यभिधानाद्वा एकं शब्दं विभक्तौ वाजप्यायन अाचार्यो न्याय्यं मन्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.64 Vart. 35.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vimalakīrtia Jain grammarian of the sixteenth century who wrote a short metrical work on the padas of roots, known by the name पदव्यवस्थासूत्रकारिका.
vuk(1)augment वु added (a) to the word भ्रू after it, when the taddhita affix. affix ढक् ( एय ) in the sense of अपत्य is affixed to it; confer, compare भ्रुवो वुक् च P. IV.1.125; (b) to the root भू before an affix beginning with a vowel in the perfect and the aorist tenses; exempli gratia, for example बभूव, अभूवन् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. VI.4.88: (c) to the root सू in the Perfect third person. singular.; exempli gratia, for example ससूव, P.VII.4.74; (2) taddhita affix. affix अक applied to the word कन्था as seen in use in the Bannu ( वर्णु ) district; e. g. कान्थकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.103.
vṛtta(1)arrived at or accomplished,as a result of वृत्ति which means a further grammatical formation from a noun or a verb; resultant from a vṛtti; confer, compare यावता कामचारो वृत्तस्य ये लिङ्गसंख्ये ते अतिदेक्ष्येते, न पुनः, प्राग्वृत्तेर्ये M Bh. on P.I.2.51; cf also युक्तंपुनर्यद् वृत्तनिमित्तको नाम अनुबन्धः स्यात्; (2) | employment, the same as प्रयोग, confer, compare वृत्ताद्वा । वृत्तं प्रयेागः । Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I. 3.9; (3)behaviour, treatment confer, compare नकारस्योष्मवद् वृत्ते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.13; (4) manner of Veda writing, metrical form, metre; confer, compare तद् वृत्तं प्राहुश्छन्दसाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII.22.
vṛddha(1)a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.
veṣāyika(1)pertaining to the word विषय in the sutra विषयो देशे P. IV.2. 52; the term refers to the taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the sense of ’country' or ’district' (विषय) in P. IV. 2.52-54 as contrasted with नैवासिक affixes prescribed in the sense of 'inhabited district' by P. IV. 2.69-80 (2) one of the three senses of the locative case, viz. the sense 'substratum' of the locative case, which is not physical but which is a topical one, forming an object or aim of an , action as specified by the word 'about'; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपश्लेषिकं वैषयिकमिति |
vyakti(1)literallydistinct manifestation, as for instance that of the generic features in the individual object; confer, compareसामान्ये वर्तमानस्य व्याक्तिरुपजायत, M.Bh. on P.I.1,57; (2) gender, which in fact, is the symbol of the manifestation of the generic property in the individual object; confer, compareहरीतक्यादिषु व्यक्ति: P.I.2.52 Vart. 3, as also लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने P. I.2.5I: (3) individual object; confer, compare व्यक्तिः पदार्थ:.
vyaktipadārthavādathe same as द्रव्यपदार्थवाद; the view that a word denotes the individual object and not the generic nature. The oldest grammarian referred to as holding this view, is व्याडि who preceded Patanjali.
vyavasthāliterally definite arrangement; restriction regarding the application of a rule, especially when it seems to overlap, as done by the Varttikakara, and later on by the Paribhashas laid down by grammarians regarding the rules of Panini: confer, compare स्वाभिधेयापेक्षावधिनियमो व्यवस्था S. K. on P. I.1.34; confer, compare also लक्ष्यानुसाराह्यवस्था Par. Sek. Pari. 99, 108.
vyāptinyāyathe general method of taking a comprehensive sense instead of a restricted one in places of doubt; confer, compare व्याप्तिन्यायाद्वा Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2. 168.
śabarasvāmina grammarian to whom a metrical treatise on genders named लिङ्गानुशासन is ascribedition This शवरस्वामिन् was comparatively a modern grammarian who was given the title बालयोगीश्वर. This लिङ्गानुशासन has a commentary written by हृर्षवर्धन Evidently these grammarians शबरस्वामिन् and हृर्षवर्धन are different from the famous author of the मीमांसाभाष्य and the patron of the poet Bana respectively.
śabdaliterally "sound" in general; confer, compare शब्दं कुरु शब्दं मा कार्षीः | ध्वनिं कुर्वनेवमुच्यते | M.Bh. in Ahnika I; confer, compare also शब्दः प्रकृतिः सर्ववर्णानाम् | वर्णपृक्तः: शब्दो वाच उत्पत्तिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.1, XXIII.3.In grammar the word शब्द is applied to such words only as possess sense; confer, compare प्रतीतपदार्थको लोके ध्वनि: शब्द: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1: confer, comparealso येनोच्चरितेन अर्थः प्रतीयते स शब्दः Sringara Prakasa I; confer, compare also अथ शब्दानुशासनम् M.Bh. Ahnika 1. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya, शब्द् is said to be constituted of air as far as its nature is concerned, but it is taken to mean in the Pratisakhya and grammar works in a restricted sense as letters possessed of sense, The vajasaneyiPratisakhya gives four kinds of words तिडू, कृत्, तद्धित and समास while नाम, आख्यात, निपात and उपसर्ग are described to be the four kinds in the Nirukta. As शब्द in grammar, is restricted to a phonetic unit possessed of sense, it can be applied to crude bases, affixes, as also to words that are completely formed with case-endings or personal affixes. In fact, taking it to be applicable to all such kinds, some grammarians have given tweive subdivisions of शब्द, vizप्रक्रुति, प्रत्यय,उपत्कार, उपपद, प्रातिपदिक, विभक्ति, उपसर्जन, समास, पद, वाक्य, प्रकरण and प्रबन्ध; confer, compare Sringara Prakasa I.
śabdaśāstrathe sciene of words.The term is generally applied to grammar, although strictly speaking the Mimamsa Sastra is also a science of words.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
śākalaa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya for a grammatical operation or injunction ( विधि ) which forms a specific feature of the grammar of शाकल्य, viz. that the vowels इ, उ,ऋ, and लृ remain without phonetical combination and a shortening of them, if they are long;confer, compareइकोsसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1. 127; शाकल्यस्य इदं शाकल्यम् ।; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.VI.1.77 VI.1.125,VI. 1.27;VI.2.52, VII.3.3 and VIII. 2.108; (2) pupils of शाकल्य; confer, compare शाकल्यस्य छात्राः शाकलाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.I.18;(3) a village in the Vahika district; confer, compare शाकलं नाम वाहीकग्राम: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.104 Vart. 3.
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃkhyātānudeśaapplication respectively of terms stated in the उद्देश्य and विधेय portions in their numerical order when the stated terms; are equal in number: cf यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P. 1.3.10: confer, compare also पञ्चागमास्त्रय अागमिनः वैषम्यात् संख्यातानुदेशो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 2.
samāsamañjarīa metrical work on compounds which has no author mentioned in or assigned to it.
sāmānyaviheitaa general rule, a rule laid down in general which is restricted by special rules afterwards; confer, compare बाधकेनानेन भवितव्यं सामान्यविहितस्य विशेषविहितेन Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. l.24 Vart. 5, cf also M. Bh, on III.1.94, III. 2.77 et cetera, and others
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
harṣavardvanasvāmina fairly old grammarian who wrote an extensive metrical compendium on genders named लिङ्गानुशासन on which a commentary was written by a grammarian named शबरस्वासिन्. These grammarians were,of course, different from the reputed king इर्षवर्धन and the ; Mimamsaka शाबरस्वामिन्.
Vedabase Search
176 results
ricyeta one becomes freeSB 8.19.41
paricaya āche is there acquaintanceCC Antya 6.250
puruṣa-paricaryā-ādayaḥ worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead and performing other dutiesSB 5.8.8
aparicita unacquaintedCC Antya 18.98
koṣa-paricchada-asi-vat like a sharp sword within a soft sheathSB 10.6.9
aṣṭādaśa paricchede in the Eighteenth ChapterCC Antya 20.134
atiricyate becomes moreBG 2.34
bhańgī-traya-paricitām bent in three places, namely the neck, waist and kneesCC Adi 5.224
bhariche filledCC Antya 19.88
ca-i-marica with black pepper and ca-i (a kind of spice)CC Madhya 3.46
dvitīya paricchede in the Second ChapterCC Adi 17.314
dvitīya paricchede in the Second ChapterCC Madhya 25.244
karā'be paricaya will identifyCC Madhya 11.72
ei paricchede in this chapterCC Antya 19.101
eka-paricchede in one chapterCC Antya 13.136-137
eka eka paricchedera of every chapterCC Antya 20.141
eka eka paricchedera of every chapterCC Antya 20.141
haricandana the sandalwood treesSB 4.6.30
haricandana HaricandanaCC Madhya 13.93
haricandana HaricandanaCC Madhya 13.95
haricandana HaricandanaCC Madhya 16.113
śrī-haricandana Śrī HaricandanaCC Madhya 16.126
haricandana-pātra the officer named Haricandana PātraCC Antya 9.45
haricandana Haricandana PātraCC Antya 9.51
haricandanera of HaricandanaCC Madhya 13.91
śrī-haricaraṇa Śrī HaricaraṇaCC Adi 12.64
ca-i-marica with black pepper and ca-i (a kind of spice)CC Madhya 3.46
maricera jhāla a pungent preparation made with black pepperCC Madhya 15.210
maricera jhāla a pungent preparation with black pepperCC Antya 10.135-136
karā'be paricaya will identifyCC Madhya 11.72
kariche nartana is dancingCC Madhya 18.105
kariche is doingCC Madhya 19.71
koṣa-paricchada-asi-vat like a sharp sword within a soft sheathSB 10.6.9
paricań kramanti revolve all aroundSB 5.23.3
krīḍā-paricchadāḥ toys for playingSB 7.5.56-57
kṛta-paricayāḥ very well versedSB 5.1.26
marica-lāḍu a sweetmeat made with black pepperCC Madhya 14.30
ca-i-marica with black pepper and ca-i (a kind of spice)CC Madhya 3.46
marica-lāḍu a sweetmeat made with black pepperCC Madhya 14.30
marica black pepperCC Madhya 23.49
marica black pepperCC Antya 10.29-30
marica black pepperCC Antya 16.108-109
maricera jhāla a pungent preparation made with black pepperCC Madhya 15.210
maricera jhāla a pungent preparation with black pepperCC Antya 10.135-136
kariche nartana is dancingCC Madhya 18.105
pañca-viṃśati paricchede in the Twenty-fifth ChapterCC Madhya 25.262
pañcadaśa-paricchede in the Fifteenth ChapterCC Antya 20.126
paricakrame circumambulatedSB 4.5.5
paricakṣate is to be consideredBG 17.13
paricakṣate is calledBG 17.17
paricakṣīta would blasphemeSB 4.14.33
paricań kramanti revolve all aroundSB 5.23.3
paricara you should render serviceSB 10.66.30-31
paricāraka of the servantMM 25
paricarati servesSB 10.47.13
paricaret should serveSB 11.18.39
paricaryā serviceBG 18.44
paricarya worshipingSB 4.8.20
paricaryā for rendering serviceSB 4.13.3
paricaryā-upakaraṇaḥ ingredients for worshipSB 5.2.2
puruṣa-paricaryā-ādayaḥ worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead and performing other dutiesSB 5.8.8
paricaryā rendering personal serviceSB 11.11.34-41
paricaryā devotional serviceSB 12.11.17
paricaryā serviceCC Madhya 10.129
paricaryā servingCC Madhya 22.121
paricaryāḥ serviceSB 4.8.58
paricaryām serviceSB 11.3.29
paricaryamāṇaḥ engaged in the devotional serviceSB 4.8.59-60
paricaryayā by transcendental serviceSB 3.9.13
paricaryayā by the serviceSB 3.15.32
paricaryayā by worshiping the LordSB 4.8.59-60
paricaryayā by serviceSB 5.7.12
paricaryayā by rendering serviceSB 6.14.41
paricaryāyām in humble serviceSB 10.75.3
paricaryāyām for My devotional serviceSB 11.19.20-24
paricaryāyām by worshiping the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaSB 12.3.52
paricaryāyām in regulated worshipSB 12.11.2-3
paricaryāyām in serviceCC Madhya 11.29-30
paricaryāyām by worshiping the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.345
paricaya introductionCC Madhya 3.23
paricaya introductionCC Madhya 4.135
paricaya had acquaintanceCC Madhya 4.151
paricaya acquaintanceCC Madhya 6.19
karā'be paricaya will identifyCC Madhya 11.72
paricaya there was acquaintanceCC Madhya 16.29
paricaya acquaintanceCC Madhya 19.44
tāra paricaya his acquaintanceCC Antya 5.92
paricaya āche is there acquaintanceCC Antya 6.250
kṛta-paricayāḥ very well versedSB 5.1.26
paricchadā garments and household utensilsSB 7.11.26-27
koṣa-paricchada-asi-vat like a sharp sword within a soft sheathSB 10.6.9
paricchadāḥ with coversSB 3.33.16
paricchadāḥ with embellishmentsSB 4.9.61
paricchadāḥ all paraphernaliaSB 4.22.44
sa-paricchadaḥ along with all servants and followersSB 4.28.12
paricchadāḥ dressed in ornamentsSB 6.10.19-22
paricchadāḥ having bordersSB 7.4.9-12
krīḍā-paricchadāḥ toys for playingSB 7.5.56-57
paricchadāḥ possessing paraphernaliaSB 7.10.54-55
rūḍha-paricchadāḥ all the dresses and paraphernalia having been kept on the cartsSB 10.11.30
paricchadaḥ having ornamentsSB 10.18.26
paricchadāḥ whose ornamentationSB 10.81.29-32
paricchadaiḥ with ornamental workSB 4.9.56
paricchadaiḥ whose furnishingsSB 10.69.1-6
paricchadaiḥ and other furnitureSB 10.83.37
paricchadaiḥ and household furnishingsSB 10.84.67-68
paricchadam embossed withSB 1.17.4
paricchadam the outer coverSB 3.21.36
paricchadam household paraphernaliaSB 4.28.16
sa-paricchadam with your paraphernaliaSB 8.22.35
paricchadam paraphernaliaSB 9.11.30
sa-paricchadam with all the paraphernalia kept on itSB 10.7.12
sa-paricchadam along with my kingdom and all paraphernaliaSB 11.26.10
paricchadān articles for household useSB 3.22.23
paricchadān furnitureSB 7.6.11-13
paśu-paricchadān animals and paraphernalia of household lifeSB 7.7.4-5
paricchadān garmentsSB 7.12.21
paricchadān furnitureSB 10.64.14-15
paricchadān the paraphernaliaSB 10.68.36
paricchadān their baggageSB 10.71.13
paricchadau dressed very nicely in different ways and equipped with implementsSB 10.11.38
paricchadau equipmentSB 10.50.11
paricchadeṣu equipped with different garments and dressesSB 9.6.45-46
pariccheda chapterCC Adi 17.313
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Adi 17.313
dvitīya paricchede in the Second ChapterCC Adi 17.314
tṛtīya paricchede in the Third ChapterCC Adi 17.315
ṣaṣṭha paricchede in the Sixth ChapterCC Adi 17.319
saptama paricchede in the Seventh ChapterCC Adi 17.320
paricchede in the chapterCC Adi 17.327
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Madhya 25.243
dvitīya paricchede in the Second ChapterCC Madhya 25.244
tṛtīya paricchede in the Third ChapterCC Madhya 25.245
viṃśati paricchede in the Twentieth ChapterCC Madhya 25.258
pañca-viṃśati paricchede in the Twenty-fifth ChapterCC Madhya 25.262
eka-paricchede in one chapterCC Antya 13.136-137
ei paricchede in this chapterCC Antya 19.101
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Antya 20.103
saptama-paricchede in the Seventh ChapterCC Antya 20.114
pañcadaśa-paricchede in the Fifteenth ChapterCC Antya 20.126
aṣṭādaśa paricchede in the Eighteenth ChapterCC Antya 20.134
viṃśa-paricchede in the Twentieth ChapterCC Antya 20.138
eka eka paricchedera of every chapterCC Antya 20.141
paricchinnam separatedSB 3.10.12
paricintayan thinking ofBG 10.17
paricita i n creasedSB 5.7.12
paricitam pervadedSB 4.9.13
bhańgī-traya-paricitām bent in three places, namely the neck, waist and kneesCC Adi 5.224
paśu-paricchadān animals and paraphernalia of household lifeSB 7.7.4-5
haricandana-pātra the officer named Haricandana PātraCC Antya 9.45
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Adi 17.313
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Madhya 25.243
prathama paricchede in the First ChapterCC Antya 20.103
puruṣa-paricaryā-ādayaḥ worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead and performing other dutiesSB 5.8.8
rūḍha-paricchadāḥ all the dresses and paraphernalia having been kept on the cartsSB 10.11.30
sa-paricchadaḥ along with all servants and followersSB 4.28.12
sa-paricchadam with your paraphernaliaSB 8.22.35
sa-paricchadam with all the paraphernalia kept on itSB 10.7.12
sa-paricchadam along with my kingdom and all paraphernaliaSB 11.26.10
saptama paricchede in the Seventh ChapterCC Adi 17.320
saptama-paricchede in the Seventh ChapterCC Antya 20.114
ṣaṣṭha paricchede in the Sixth ChapterCC Adi 17.319
śrī-haricaraṇa Śrī HaricaraṇaCC Adi 12.64
śrī-haricandana Śrī HaricandanaCC Madhya 16.126
tāra paricaya his acquaintanceCC Antya 5.92
bhańgī-traya-paricitām bent in three places, namely the neck, waist and kneesCC Adi 5.224
tṛtīya paricchede in the Third ChapterCC Adi 17.315
tṛtīya paricchede in the Third ChapterCC Madhya 25.245
paricaryā-upakaraṇaḥ ingredients for worshipSB 5.2.2
uparicaraḥ the surname of VasuSB 9.22.6
koṣa-paricchada-asi-vat like a sharp sword within a soft sheathSB 10.6.9
viṃśa-paricchede in the Twentieth ChapterCC Antya 20.138
viṃśati paricchede in the Twentieth ChapterCC Madhya 25.258
pañca-viṃśati paricchede in the Twenty-fifth ChapterCC Madhya 25.262
vyatiricyeta is separatedSB 5.22.13
vyatiricyeta may reach beyondSB 6.16.56
82 results
ric verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to empty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to leave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to resign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to separate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set free (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to supplant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take the place of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] to purge
Frequency rank 7726/72933
atiric verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be left with a surplus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be superior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to predominate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to prevail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to surpass (in a good or bad sense with abl. or acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Frequency rank 3349/72933
atyudric verb (class 7 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 42348/72933
aparicāraka adjective without a servant
Frequency rank 26439/72933
aparicita adjective unacquainted with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unknown to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32119/72933
aparicchinna adjective connected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
continuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undistinguished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unlimited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without interval or division (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20627/72933
apariccheda noun (masculine) want of discrimination (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
want of distinction or division (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20628/72933
aparicyuta adjective
Frequency rank 43667/72933
avyatiricya indeclinable
Frequency rank 26772/72933
udric verb (class 7 parasmaipada) to abound in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be prominent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to exceed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to excel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to preponderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stand out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6398/72933
uparicara noun (masculine) a bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the king Vasu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14777/72933
giricakravartin noun (masculine) name of the Himavat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51298/72933
giricara noun (masculine) a wild elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 51299/72933
caidyoparicara noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 35028/72933
tricatura adjective 3 or 4 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14929/72933
tricatvāriṃśa adjective the 43rd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19396/72933
tricatvāriṃśat noun (feminine) 43 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35501/72933
tricatvāriṃśaduttaraśatatama adjective the 143rd
Frequency rank 53922/72933
tricīvara noun (neuter) the 3 vestments of a Buddhist monk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53923/72933
paricakṣ verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to acknowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to address (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to answer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to call (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to condemn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to declare guilty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to despise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to forbid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to overlook (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to own (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pass over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to relate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10409/72933
paricaṅkramaṇa noun (neuter) wandering around
Frequency rank 57244/72933
paricapala adjective always moving about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very volatile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57245/72933
paricaya noun (masculine) acquaintance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
familiarity with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
frequent repetition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowledge of (gen) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meeting with a friend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7438/72933
paricar verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to attend upon or to (acc) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to circumambulate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go round (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to honour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to move or walk about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to serve (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3917/72933
paricara noun (masculine) a patrol or body-guard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
follower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
homage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
service (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] paricāraka
Frequency rank 24512/72933
paricaraṇa noun (neuter) attending to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
serving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waiting upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24513/72933
paricaritṛ noun (masculine) an attendant or servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57246/72933
paricaryā noun (feminine) attendance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumanibulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
devotion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
service (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wandering about or through (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6517/72933
paricarv verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to grind to pulverise
Frequency rank 57247/72933
paricāyya noun (masculine) (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
raising the rent or revenue of a land (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57248/72933
paricāra noun (masculine) a place for walking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assistant or servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attendance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
homage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
service (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11681/72933
paricārin adjective attending on or to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moveable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
serving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worshipping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19583/72933
paricārin noun (masculine) a man-servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 36648/72933
paricāraka noun (masculine) a Śūdra an assistant or attendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
executor (of an order etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5092/72933
paricāraṇa noun (neuter) attendance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57249/72933
paricāray verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to attend to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be served or waited upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cohabit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to surround (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wait on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Frequency rank 28871/72933
paricārika noun (masculine) a servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assistant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fried grain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57250/72933
paricārikā noun (feminine) a female attendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a waiting maid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7205/72933
paricālay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to cause to move round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to turn round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36649/72933
parici verb (class 5 ātmanepada) to accumulate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to augment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to heap up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pile up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to surround or enclose with (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11332/72933
parici verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to become acquainted with (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to examine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to exercise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to find out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to investigate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to know (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to practise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to search (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28872/72933
paricikīrṣ verb (desiderative ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 57251/72933
paricintaka adjective meditating on (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflecting about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57252/72933
paricintay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to call to mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to devise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to invent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reflect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to remember (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9007/72933
paricihnay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to sign to subscribe to write
Frequency rank 28873/72933
paricumb verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to cover with kisses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to kiss heartily or passionately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to touch closely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28874/72933
paricumbana noun (neuter) the act of kissing heartily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57253/72933
paricumbita adjective kissed passionately or touched closely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57254/72933
paricodaka adjective
Frequency rank 57255/72933
paricoday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to exhort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to impel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set in motion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to urge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18111/72933
paricchad verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to cover to envelop
Frequency rank 21668/72933
paricchada noun (masculine) a cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
external appendage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furniture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
garment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goods and chattels (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insignia of royalty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
necessaries for travelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paraphernalia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
personal property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
retinue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
train (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4003/72933
paricchadavant adjective
Frequency rank 36650/72933
paricchitti noun (feminine) accurate definition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
limit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
limitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
measure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
partition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
separation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57256/72933
paricchid verb (class 7 parasmaipada) to avert (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to clip round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cut on both sides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cut through or off or to pieces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to decide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to define or fix accurately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to determine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to discriminate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to divide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to limit on all sides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mow or reap (corn) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mutilate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obviate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to part (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to separate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8810/72933
paricchinnā noun (feminine) a kind of plant; guḍūcī Cocculus cordifolius DC.
Frequency rank 57257/72933
pariccheda noun (masculine) a section or chapter of a book (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accurate definition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
boundary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cutting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determination (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
division (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exact discrimination (as between false and true) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
judgment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
limit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obviating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
remedying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
separation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
severing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11333/72933
paricyu verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to fall from to get rid of
Frequency rank 13045/72933
paricyuti noun (feminine) falling down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21669/72933
paricūrṇay verb (denominative parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 18112/72933
bhūricandra noun (neuter) gold
Frequency rank 61050/72933
marica noun (masculine) a kind of Ocimum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Strychnos Potatorum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pepper shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38069/72933
marica noun (neuter) a particular fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
black pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Capsicum frutescens Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 588) Capsicum minimum Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 588) Majorana hortensis Moench. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 588) Piper nigrum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 588) Strychnos potatorum Linn.F. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 588)
Frequency rank 1439/72933
maricikā noun (feminine) Solanum indicum
Frequency rank 61538/72933
rica noun (neuter) ground or pounded pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62097/72933
ricika adjective prepared or seasoned with pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62098/72933
rātricara noun (masculine) a night-watcher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a thief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
robber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
watchman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63616/72933
rātricāra noun (masculine) [zool.] uccitiṅga
Frequency rank 63617/72933
ricara adjective an aquatic animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aquatic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
living in or near water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65192/72933
ricara noun (masculine) a conch a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20026/72933
ricārin adjective living or moving on water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65193/72933
viparicchid verb (class 7 ātmanepada) to cut off
Frequency rank 65788/72933
viric verb (class 7 parasmaipada) to be emptied or purged to reach or extend beyond
Frequency rank 4263/72933
vyatiric verb (class 7 parasmaipada) to be separated from (abl.) to differ from to excel (acc. or abl.) to leave behind to reach far beyond to surpass
Frequency rank 4329/72933
śvetamarica noun (neuter) the seed of the Hyperanthera Moringa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the seed of white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68414/72933
śvetamarica noun (masculine) a kind of Moringa Pterygosperma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40261/72933
samarica adjective with marica
Frequency rank 68964/72933
saharicandana adjective mit haricandana
Frequency rank 69670/72933
sitamarica noun (neuter) white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70519/72933
suparicchanna adjective well furnished with requisites (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70936/72933
sthūlamarica noun (neuter) a particular fragrant berry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71823/72933
haricandana noun (masculine neuter) a sort of sandal tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the five trees of paradise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yellow sandal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9522/72933


vetiver grass, Andropogon muricatum.


Plant downward looking flower, Indian borage, Trichodesma indicum .


Plant white turmeric plant, Curcuma zerumbet


Plant Limnophila aromatica; Limnophila gratioloides; ricepaddy herb.


musk rat, Ondatra zibethicus; it reached India from the Americas thousands of years ago.


1. digestive power; 2. gastric juice; 3. bile; 4. fire; 5. wind.

becoming tiny or huge; magic tricks.


food; annadveṣa aversion to food; annalepa external application of rice preparation; annamada food-mania; annaprāśana first feeding to infant.


gastric ulcer; kind of coli Century


oil enema of a retention type; tonic enema; unctuous enema, lubricatory enema.


Plant prickly chaff-flower; whole plant of Achyranthes aspera.


hysteria with loss of consciousness; tetanus; apoplectic fits; dāruṇa apatantraka hysterical fits.


Plant wild turmeric, Curcuma aromatica.


Plant hoary basil. Ocimum americanum.


restricted respiration.


Plant tanner’s cassia, Cassia auriculata.


iron-work, iron-fabri Century


a treatise on paediatrics authored by Devendramuni in 13th Century , partly available now


peadiatrics; a branch dealing with medical care of infants and children.


Plant smooth tricholepis, Tricholepis glaberrima


Plant snake gourd, Trichosanthes cucumerina.


1. Plant mugwort, Artemisia vulgaris, A. nilagirica; 2. oppression, overpowering.


Plant ritual grass; cotton grass; thatch grass; Imperata cylindrical.


Plant Indian barberry, false turmeric, dried stem of Berberis aristata; Coscinium fenestratum is used in Kerala as dāruharidra due to similarity in therapeutic action to Berberis species.


Plant tree turmeric, Berberis aristata.


Plant 1. prickly chaff flower; Achyranthes aspera; 2. ridged luffa, Luffa cylindrica, a vegetable. kośātaki.


paddy mica; powdered mica mixed with śālidhānya (paddy) in a cloth and put in kānjika (fermented rice water).


Plant sweet melon, musk melon; Luffa cylindrica, Cucumis melo, C. utilissimus


Plant 1. a variety of prickly chaff flower whitish in colour. Achyranthes aspera. 2. blue pea, Clitoria ternatea; 3. wild guava, Careya arborea.


Plant false nutmeg, Bombay mace, Myristica malabarica.


Go to raktacandana.


1. Plant rhizome of Curcuma longa; turmeri Century


inknut; pericarp of mature fruits of Terminalia chebula; myrobalan.


a compendium on pediatrics.


steamed rice cake served as breakfast, first mentioned as iddari in Yogaratnākara.




brick fomentation; rice-water or daśamūla kaṣāya is poured over two heated bricks, which is used as fomentation.


life, empirical self; living being; soul.


sour gruel, fermented rice water, water of boiled rice in a state of spontaneous fermentation.


Plant camphor basil, Ocimum kilimandscharicum. It is introduced into India from east Africa.


vṛddha Jīvaka, paediatrician and gynaecologist par excellence in āyurveda kāsyapatantra a treatise on peadiatrics.


restricted movement of lumbosacral region


Plant box myrtle, Myrica nagi, M. esculeta


Plant pointed gourd, Trichosanthes dioeca.




Plant liquorice.


Plant starthorn, long-leaved barleria, Asteracantha longifolia; syn. Hygrophila auriculata, H. spinosa.


rice boiled with sesamum or green gram and seasoned with spices, salt and ghee.


Plant black mustard; prickly chaff flower; a kind of pot-herb.


on peadiatrics.


1. Plant nightshade, Solanum jacquini; 2. boiled rice, scented rice.


1. born in pitcher; 2. Plant coral swirl, Wrighte antidysenterica; Holorrhena antidysentirecia.


Plant false amaranth, a leafy vegetable; Digera muricata


Plant vetiver, root of Andropogon muricatus, syn. Chrysopogon zizanioides.


greed, avarice.


1. Plant liquorice; 2. bees.


Plant 1. pepper plant, 2. needle flower jasmine, Jasminum auriculatum.


Plant Malabar catmint, Anisomeles malabarica.


1. rice preparation (gruel); 2. cream of milk, 3. decoction; 4. frog; 5. castor oil plant.


nape, manyasthambha torticollis, wry neck or abnormal, asymmetrical head or neck position.


peppered, seasoned with pepper.


alcoholic beverage made from rice; rice ferment.


Jain āyurveda physician specialized in paediatrics, mentioned in Kalyāṇakāraka.


obstruction in urinary tract, stricture.


1. decay of the fetus in the womb; 2. false pregnancy or pseudocyesis. women and men too show symptoms of pregnancy without actual foetus (sympatheric pregnancy).


Plant 1. cotton tree, Salmalia malabarica; 2. muskroot plant or spikenard, Nardostachys jatamamsi; 3. saffron.


Plant east Indian rosebay, Tabernaemontana divaricata.


menopause, ceasing of menstruation or female climacteri Century


rice bolus massage, one of the Kerala’s pancakarmas


stricture of urethra.


1. night; 2. dream; 3. vision; 4. turmeri Century


a non-Aryan tribe in north India, who discovered turmeric in nature.


medicine containing turmeric and goosberry powders.


Plant wild rice; Hygroryza aristata.


porridge, boiled rice, grain mashed and cooked with milk or water.


eye lashes, paralysis,hemiplegia.kopa trichiasis, inflammation of eyelashes.


clays of powder of brick, ash, earth of ant-hill, gairika (red ochre), salt.


attendant, nurse.


restriction with regards to behavior and diet.


a treatise on peadiatrics.


wild snake gourd, bitter snake gourd, Trichosanthes dioica, T. cucumerina, T. lobata.


a sweet preparation with rice and jiggery.


beverage, rice is fried in oil and later boiled in water, one of the eight varieties of rice preparations, thin gruel.




1. ground rice boiled in water; kind of pastry. 2. samudraphena.


Plant 1.Himalayan pine; 2.dāruharidra, tree turmeri Century


1. Plant salacia, Salacia reticulata; 2. yellow jasmine; 3. turmeric; 4. saffron.


birth, parturition; prasūti tantra obstetrics, care of pregrant women.


rice treated with hot water and flattened by pounding.


1. Plant fragrant mango, 2. kind of serpent, 3. kind of rice, 4. lotus flower, 5. sugarcane; obstinate skin disease, one of mahākuṣṭas.


1. blue lotus,; 2. water; 3. Indian crane, Ardea sibirica; 4. a kind of disease; 5. a snake.


Plant Vinga cylindrica; cow-peas.


Plant small prickly chaff-flower plant, Cyathula prostrata.


netted custard apple, Annona reticulata; native to Americas and not dealt with in classical ayurvedic texts.


Plant Amaranthus tricolor, A. gangeticus. amaranth or elephant head amaranth.


vitriol of copper added with turmeric for eyewash; extract of dāruharidra.


1. night, season of rest; 2.turmeri Century


Plant ultrasum bead tree, rosary, seeds of Elaeocarpus ganitrus, E. sphaericus


Plant rice, paddy, Oryza sativa.


Plant silk-cotton tree, stem bark of Salmalia malabarica, Bombax malabaricum, B. ceiba


similarities, generi Century


Plant aloe weed, speedwheel; 4 different plants are identified with this name 1. Convolvulus pluricaulis; 2. Evolvulus alsinoides; 3. Clitoria ternatea; 4. Canscora decussata; Pladera virgata is also a candidate.


rectal stricture and difficulty in defecation.


kind of tumour; vericocele, angioma.


1. auditory canal; 2. rice gruel or barley water.


1. antimony; 2. rice gruel; 3. bigger variety of jujube fruit.


vermillion, red mercuric oxide


a text on paediatrics written by Bhagavatam Krishnaswamy in the 19th Century ; published.


Plant custard apple, sugar apple, Annona squasosa; śīta (causing cold) fruit is native to america reached India in medieval times.


lubrication, anointing, unction, oleation internally and externally.


1. barley or rice boiled in milk; 2. preparing medicine in a pan or culdron.


sting, spike; śūkadhānya grain with sting, ex: rice, wheat.


1. vinegar, fermented liquors. 2. treacle, 3. honey, 4. fermented rice gruel and watery substance above the curds are kept in a new and clean vessel underneath a bushel of paddy for three days.(Dalhana).


parts of ancient treatises of empirical mathematics.


heated material attaining atmospheric temperature in situ; self cooling.


Plant 1. prickly poppy, Argemon mexicana; also equated with Euphorbia thomsoniana; 2. Cleome felina.


Plant rice; Oryza sativa.


1. Plant prickly amaranth, Amaranthus spinosus, A. viridis; 2. iron pyrites.


liquid obtained by mixing 48 grams of rice with 385 ml of water keeping for two hours and decanted later.


contrivance; metaphorical and logical expression; literary techniques.


Plant 1. east Indian arrow root, a kind of turmeric, Curcuma angustifolia; 2. bamboo manna, Bambusa arundinacea.


Plant 1. red sandalwood; 2. resin of Pinus longifolia; 3. African spiderflower, Gynandropsis gynandra.


Plant 1. Malabar ebony, black and white ebony, Diospyros malabarica. 2. Indian persimon,Diospyros exsculpta.


three myrobalans (Terminalia chebula, Terminalia bellerica and Embelia ribes).


(tṛṇa.panca.mūla) śara (Saccharum munja), ikṣu (Saccharum officinarum), kuśa (Desmostachya bipinnata), kāsa (Saccharum spontaneum), darbha (Imperata cylindrica).


Plant 1. black and white ebony, Diospyros malabarica; 2. Hercules’ club, Zanthoxylum armatum.


sour rice or barley gruel, decanted liquid obtained from a mixture of equal quantity of crushed barley and warm water kept overnight.


Plant vetiver, fibrous roots of Vetiveria zizanioides. syn. Andropogon muricatus.


Plant prickly sesban, Sesbania bispinosa.


1. mahādroṇa plant, Anisomeles malabarica; 2. Viṣṇu’s heaven.


Plant vidārikanda (Indian katju), anantamūla (Indian sarsaparilla), haridra (turmeric), guḍūci (moon creeper), ajāśringi (Odina wodier).


earthy concretion of a milk-white colour formed in the hallow of a bamboo; bamboo rice. Bambusa arundinacea.


incoordination between bladder constriction and sphincter relaxation; cystitis.


gout and arthritis; a kind of arthritis that occurs when uric acid builds up in blood and causes joint inflammation.


Plant myrobalan tree,Terminalia belerica.


having no thorns or having spreading thorns; camel thorn bush or marsh barbel; Alhagi maurorum or Hygrophila auriculata; Foacourtia indica.


semisolid preparation of rice, rice gruel.


Plant 1. Trichosanthes bracteata; 2. red variety of indravāruṇi.


trickling, a substance promoting thick secretions which may not block the passages, overflow, see. Abhiṣyanda


Plant grain of rice, ordinary variety of rice ripeinin in the rainy season; Oryza sativa.


ellipsis, omission of a word or phrase necessary for a complete syntactical construction but not necessary for understanding; fabrication, fiction.


Plant ground prickle; khorassan thorn; Fagonia cretica.


Plant liquorice, dried unpeeled root and stolon of Glycyrrhiza glabra.


thick rice gruel; gruel made from barley.

Wordnet Search
"ric" has 73 results.


anyaḥ, paraḥ, pārakyaḥ, anāptaḥ, parajanaḥ, anyajanaḥ, aparicitaḥ   

kuṭumbāt samājāt vā bahiḥ vyaktiḥ।

parajanaḥ samādartavyaḥ।


veśaḥ, veṣaḥ, vastram, vāsaḥ, vasanam, paridhānam, bharaṇam, ābharaṇam, paricchadaḥ, ambaraḥ, bhūṣaṇam, vibhūṣaṇam, prasādhanam, ācchādanam   

yad aṅgam ācchādayati।

adya vidyālaye sarve pārampārikaṃ veśaṃ paridadhati।




saḥ paricitaiḥ janaiḥ saha gatvā navavarṣasya śubhecchāṃ vitarati।


kuṅkumam, vāhnīkam, vāhnikam, varavāhnīkam, agniśikham, varaḥ, varam, baraḥ, baram, kāśmīrajanma, kāśmīrajaḥ, pītakam, pītanam, pītacandanam, pītakāveram, kāveram, raktasaṃjñam, raktam, śoṇitam, lohitam, lohitacandanam, gauram, haricandanam, ghusṛṇam, jāguḍam, saṅkocam, piśunam, ghīram, kucandanam   


mahyaṃ kāśmīrajena yuktā kulphīprakāraḥ rocate।


adhyāyaḥ, paricchedaḥ, adhyayaḥ, sargaḥ, parvaḥ, vicchedaḥ, skandhaḥ, prakaraṇam, prastāvaḥ, aṅkaḥ, vargaḥ, śākhā, ullāsaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, āśvāsaḥ, udyataḥ   

ekaviṣayapratipādanadṛṣṭyā granthasthitaprakaraṇasya avayavaḥ।

asmin adhyāye prabhurāmacandrasya janmanaḥ adbhutaṃ varṇanam asti।


bhṛtyaḥ, anucaraḥ, paricaraḥ, paricārakaḥ, preṣyaḥ, kiṅkaraḥ, ceṭakaḥ, ceṭaḥ, kibhkaraḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśaḥ, bhṛtakaḥ, karmakaraḥ, karmakārī, parijamaḥ, vetanajīvī, sevopajīvī, sevājīvī, bhṛtibhuk, bhṛtijīvī, anujīvī, viyojyaḥ, praiṣyaḥ, bharaṇīyaḥ, vaitānikaḥ, śuśrūṣakaḥ, ceḍaḥ, ceḍakaḥ, pārśvikaḥ, pārśvānucaraḥ, sairindhraḥ, arthī, bhujiṣyaḥ, dāseraḥ, dāseyaḥ, gopyaḥ, gopakaḥ, sevakaḥ   

yaḥ sevate।

mama bhṛtyaḥ gṛhaṃ gataḥ।


paricaraḥ, paridhisthaḥ, anucaraḥ, parivāraḥ   

kasyāpi śarīrarakṣaṇārthaṃ niyuktaḥ janaḥ।

paricareṇa hatā indirā gāndhī mahodayā।


channa, chādita, āchanna, ācchādita, pracchanna, pracchādita, paricchanna, samavachanna, samācchanna, āvṛta, prāvṛta, saṃvṛta, vṛta, pihita, avatata, ācita, nicita, āstīrṇa, āstṛta, guṇṭhita, ūrṇuta, saṃvīta, veṣṭita, pinaddha, rūṣita, apavārita   


bālakaḥ meghaiḥ ācchāditam ākāśaṃ paśyati।


icchāhīna, niriccha, niṣkāma, akāma, anabhilāṣa   

yasya kasmin icchā nāsti।

icchāhīnasya vyakteḥ jīvanaṃ śāntipūrṇam bhavati।


ajñātaḥ, ajñātā, ajñātam, aviditaḥ, aviditā, aviditam, ananubhūtaḥ, ananubhūtā, ananubhūtam, aparicitaḥ, aparicitam, aparicitā, agocaraḥ, agocarā, agocaram   

yad na jñātam।

eṣaḥ ajñātaḥ pradeśaḥ asti।


adhyāyaḥ, pāṭhaḥ, paricchedaḥ, sargaḥ, vargaḥ, udghātaḥ, aṅkaḥ, saṃgrahaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, parivartaḥ, paṭalaḥ, parvaḥ, āhnikam, prakaraṇam   


upādhyāyena pravacane gītāyāḥ pañcamasya adhyāyasya vivaraṇaṃ kṛtam।


asuraḥ, daityaḥ, daiteyaḥ, danujaḥ, indrāriḥ, dānavaḥ, śukraśiṣyaḥ, ditisutaḥ, pūrvadevaḥ, suradviṭ, devaripuḥ, devāriḥ, kauṇapaḥ, kravyāt, kravyādaḥ, asrapaḥ, āśaraḥ, rātriñcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, kavvūraḥ, nikaṣātmajaḥ, yātudhānaḥ, puṇyajanaḥ, nairṛtaḥ, yātuḥ, rakṣaḥ, sandhyābalaḥ, kṣapāṭaḥ, rajanīcaraḥ, kīlāpāḥ, nṛcakṣāḥ, naktañcaraḥ, palāśī, palāśaḥ, bhūtaḥ, nīlāmbaraḥ, kalmāṣaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, agiraḥ, kīlālapaḥ, naradhiṣmaṇaḥ, khacaraḥ   

dharmagranthaiḥ varṇitāḥ te jīvāḥ ye dharmavirodhinaḥ kāryān akarot tathā ca devānāṃ ṛṣīṇāṃ ca śatravaḥ āsan।

purākāle asūrāṇāṃ bhayena dharmakārye kāṭhīnyam abhavat।


kṛt, chid, nikṛt, niṣkṛt, parikṛt, vikṛt, vinikṛt, paricchid, saṃchid, paricchid, lū, vraśc, cho, viccho, do, vido, dā, vidā, chuṭ, chur, takṣ, vitakṣ, parivas, parivraśc, paryavacchid, paryavado, pracchid, pralū, pravraśc, vas, vibhaj, vimath, vihṛ, vyapahṛ, samucchid, samutkṛt, samuparuj, sampracchid   

tīkṣṇaiḥ sādhanaiḥ kartanapūrvakaḥ vibhajanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ kṣupān kartayati।


agnisikhaḥ, agnisekharaḥ, ambaram, asṛk, kanakagauram, kaśmīrajanma, kāntam, kāveram, kāśmīram, kāśmīrajanmā, kāśmīrasambhavam, kucandanam, kusumātmaka, kesaravaram, goravaḥ, gauram, ghasram, ghusṛṇam, ghoraḥ, javā, jāguḍam, dīpakaḥ, dīpakam, nakulī, pāṭalam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, piśunam, pītakāveram, pītacandanam, pītikā, pītakam, pītanam, puṣparajaḥ, priyaṅgum, bālhikam, bāhlika, raktam, raktacandanam, raktasaṃjñam, raktāṅgam, rañjanaḥ, rudhiram, rohitam, lohitacandanam, vareṇyam, varṇam, varṇyam, vahniśikham, vahniśekharam, veram, śaṭham, śoṇitam, saṃkocam, saṃkocapiśunam, surārham, sūryasaṃjñam, saurabham, haricandanam   

puṣpe vartamānaḥ strīliṅgī avayavaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ keśa sadṛśaḥ asti।

agnisikhaḥ kṣapasya jananāṅgena sambadhitaḥ asti।


khañjanaḥ, kālakaṇṭhaḥ, tātanaḥ, khaṇḍaricaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śaradi tathā ca śītakāle dṛśyate।

nāgasya phaṇe sthitasya khañjanasya darśanaṃ śubham asti iti ekā lokakathā।


riktīkṛ, ric, viric, śūnyīkṛ, tucchaya   

pūritāt bhāṇḍādikāt pūritadravyasya niṣkarṣānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sthālīstham odanaṃ vyaricat।


vādavivādaḥ, saṃvādaḥ, saṃgoṣṭhī, carcā, paricarcā, parisaṃvāda   

kamapi viṣayam adhikṛtya kṛtā carcā।

tatra strīdhanam iti viṣayam adhikṛtya vādavivādaḥ pracalati।


cint, sañcint, vicint, paricint, pravicint, dhyai, anudhyai, upadhyai, abhidhyai, parīdhyai, paryāloc, pravimṛś, nirloc, vigaṇ, vigāh   

kāryaviṣayakaḥ viṣayaviṣayakaḥ vā vicāraṇānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

vṛthā cintayati bhavān sarvaṃ bhadram eva bhavet।


atiric, prabhū   

jyotiṣaśāstre grahakartṛkaḥ svaśaktisthāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

idānīṃ tulārāśyāṃ śaniḥ atiricyate।


adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।



keṣucana dharmeṣu kṛtam liṅgasya agracarmaṇaḥ paricchedanam।

adya ikabālasya liṅgāgracarmaparicchedanam asti।



pari samantāt cayanaṃ bodho jñānamityarthaḥ।

bhavataḥ paricayaḥ। /paricayaṃ calalakṣyanipātena


niśācara, rātricara, tamaścara, yāminicara, niśāṭa   

yaḥ rātrau bhramati calati vā।

ulūkaḥ niśācaraḥ khagaḥ asti।


ūṣaṇam, uṣaṇam, marīcam, maricī, dvāravṛttam, maricam, auṣanam, śanijam, pavitam, valitam, kolakam, ullāghaḥ, veṇunam, vṛttaphalam, kolam, śyāmalaḥ, lohākhyam, valitam   

ekaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ laghuḥ kuṇḍalākāraḥ kaṭuḥ vyañjanaviśeṣaḥ।

mama pitāmahaḥ ūṣaṇaṃ miśrīya eva cāyaṃ pibati।


sainikaḥ, paricaraḥ, rakṣakaḥ   

yaḥ saṃrakṣaṇaṃ karoti।

surakṣāṃ kartuṃ sīmni sainikāḥ santi।



yaḥ samyak paricitaḥ।

mohanaḥ mama suparicitaṃ mitram asti।


tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, śobhāñjanaḥ, śigruḥ, tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, akṣīvaḥ, tīkṣṇagandhaḥ, sutīkṣṇaḥ, ghanapallavaḥ, śvetamaricaḥ, tīkṣṇaḥ, gandhaḥ, gandhakaḥ, kākṣīvakaḥ, strīcittahārī, draviṇanāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇagandhā, mūlakaparṇī, nīlaśigruḥ, janapriyaḥ, mukhamodaḥ, cakṣuṣyaḥ, rucirāñjanaḥ   

saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya dīrghabījaguptiḥ śākārthe upayujyate।

śyāmaḥ tīkṣṇagandhakasya bījaguptim uñchati।



tryadhikaṃ catvāriṃśat abhidheyā।

naukā jale nyamajjat ataḥ tricatvāriṃśat janā mṛtāḥ।


nirṇayaḥ, niścayaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, sampradhāraṇam, paricchedaḥ   

keṣāñcana kāryakramādīnām avadhāraṇam।

sitambaramāsasya caturdaśadināṅke kavi-sammelanasya āyojanasya nirṇayaḥ jātaḥ।


sīmā, maryādā, āghāṭaḥ, avadhiḥ, maryā, aṇī, āṇiḥ, aṇiḥ, āyattiḥ, antaḥ, antakaḥ, parisīmā, sīmantaḥ, pāliḥ, velā, avacchedaḥ, paricchedaḥ   

kasyāpi pradeśasya vastunaḥ vā vistārasya antimā rekhā।

bhāratadeśasya sīmni sainikāḥ santi।



ekā kaṭu bījaguptiḥ yā vyañjaneṣu upaskaratvena upayujyate।

kaṭurasasya bāhulyārthe śāke kiñcit raktamaricam adhikaṃ yojayatu।


paricayaḥ, parijñānam, ānugatyam, upagamaḥ, paricitiḥ, vibhāvaḥ, sambhavaḥ   

kenāpi saha paricitatā।

śyāmasya mahadbhiḥ janaiḥ saha paricayaḥ asti।


paribhraṣṭa, kṣayita, vinidhvasta, vidhvasta, dhvaṃsita, paricyuta, viplāvita, nāśita, paridhvasta, kṣapita, parikṣīṇa, niṣpātita, kṣayayukta, vipanna, bhraṣṭa, vilupta, utsanna, avamṛdita   

vipannatāṃ gatam।

paribhraṣṭaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kṛṣakaḥ krandati।


muc, pratimuc, pramuc, vimuc, viprayuj, ric, rī, vibādh, viṣo   

bandhanāt viyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

matsyaḥ jālakāt amuñcat।


cint, vicint, paricint, anudhyai, abhiman, paritark, praman, dīdhī, anudhī   

kasmin api viṣayam uddiśya cintanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

na jñāyate kiṃ cintayati sā।


paricārikā, anuvaidyā, upacārikā   

rogiṇāṃ tathā ca śiśūnāṃ sevārthaṃ praśikṣitā mahilā।

mama nanāndā bāmbehāspiṭala ityatra paricārikā asti।


paricchid, parivap, parikṛt   

vastuviśeṣaṃ viśiṣṭākāreṇa abhisampādayituṃ lavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

udyānapālakaḥ madhyabhāge udyānasthān vṛkṣān paricchinatti।


vyapadiś, abhidhā, vyākhyā, nirdiś, abhivad, ācakṣ, paricakṣ, upadiś, ābhāṣ, parikathaya, paripaṭh, prakīrtaya, pracakṣ, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravad, pravicakṣ, bhāṣ   

janeṣu viśiṣṭena nāmnā khyātānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

janāḥ gāndhīmahodayaṃ bāpū iti nāmnā vyapadiśanti।


tricatvāriṃśattama, tricatvāriṃśa   

gaṇanāyāṃ tricatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ।

jhañjhāvātena nirmanuṣyaḥ jātaḥ eṣaḥ tricatvāriṃśattamaḥ grāmaḥ asti।



catvāriṃśati trayāṇāṃ yojanena prāpyamāṇā saṅkhyā।

viṃśatau trayoviṃśateḥ yojanena prāpyamāṇā saṅkhyā।


aparicitatā, aparicitatvam   

aparicitasya avasthā।

tasya aparicitatām apanetum ahaṃ bhūri prāyate।


aparicayaḥ, aparicitatā, aparicitatvam, apūrvatā   

kenāpi saha paricayasya abhāvasya avasthā।

laghuṣu sthāneṣu aparicayasya paristhitiḥ alpā eva bhavati।


anusmaraṇam, paricintanam   

vismṛtānāṃ ghaṭanānāṃ punaḥ smāraṇam।

paṭhanasamaye api saḥ anusmaraṇaṃ karoti।


marīcam, mallajam, ullāghaḥuṣaṇam, ūṣaṇam, auṣaṇaśauṇḍī, kaphavirodhi, kṛṣṇaḥ, kevaladravyam, kolam, kolakam, candrakam, tīkṣṇaḥ, dvāravṛttam, dhārmapattanam, pavitam, maricam, lohākhyam, virāvṛttam, vṛttaphalam, veṇunam, vellajam, vellanam, śanijam, śuddham, śyāmam   

latāprakārakaḥ yasyāḥ kaṭuḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyā laghugulikā yā bhojane upaskararūpeṇa upayujyate।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣīkṣetrāt marīcam āmūlāt udgṛhṇāti।



kṣupaprakāraḥ yasyāḥ kaṭuḥ bījaguptiḥ yā vyañjaneṣu upaskaratvena upayujyate।

kṛṣakaḥ raktamaricasya kṛṣīkṣetre pariṣecanaṃ karoti।



ekaṃ haritavarṇīyaṃ gandhi phalaṃ yat bhojane vyañjanarūpeṇa svīkriyate yat ca bhojanaṃ svādayati kepsikama iti āṅglabhāṣāyām asya abhidhānaṃ vartate।

mātā adya bṛhanmaricasya vyañjanaṃ randhayati।


maricaḥ, maricakṣupaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yasya phalāni vyañjanarūpeṇa bhojane svīkriyante।

kṛṣakaḥ kṣetre maricasya jalena siñcanaṃ karoti।


aparicitaḥ, anabhyastaḥ, ajñātaḥ, parapuruṣaḥ, pārakyaḥ, anyajanaḥ   

yaḥ na paricitaḥ।

asmābhiḥ aparicitānāṃ saha sādhuḥ vyavahāraḥ kartavyaḥ।


paricita, abhijñāta, vijñāta, avagata, gata, parigata, prakhyāta, pramita, prajñāta, prabuddha, pratyabhijñāta   

pūrvataḥ jñātam।

etāni sarvāṇi paricitāni vastūni santi kimapi nūtanaṃ darśayatu।



tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

mama mitrasya putrī tricirāpallīnagarasya rāṣṭrīya- praudyogika-saṃsthāne paṭhati।



tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tricirāpallīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tricīrāpallīnagare asti।



tribhiḥ cakraiḥ yuktaḥ vāhanaviśeṣaḥ।

tricakrikām āruhya saḥ gṛham agacchat।


aparicchanna, asaṃvṛta, āviṣkṛta, ucchanna, nirvyavadhāna, vikośa, vivṛta, anāvṛta   

yad saṃvṛtam nāsti।

aparicchannāt dvārāt sā tasmin gṛhe yad kim api asti tat sarvaṃ draṣṭuṃ aśaknot।


tālīśapatram, tālīśam, patrākhyam, śukodaram, dhātrīpatram, arkavedham, karipatram, karicchadam, nīlam, nīlāmbaram, tālam, tālīpatram, tamāhvayam, tālīśapatrakam   

tejaḥpatrasya jāteḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

tālīśapatrasya parṇāni kāṇḍasya bhāgadvaye api bhavanti।


tālīśapatram, tālīśam, patrākhyam, śukodaram, dhātrīpatram, arkavedham, karipatram, karicchadam, nīlam, nīlāmbaram, tālam, tālīpatram, tālīśapatrakam   


tālīśapatram uttarabhāratadeśe, baṅgālarājye tathā samudrataṭavartiṣu kṣetreṣu dṛśyate।


avacchinna, paricchinna, asakta   

yad pṛthakkriyate।

karmakaraḥ yantrasya avacchinnān bhāgān yojayati।


avijñāta, ajñāta, aparicita, anāgata, avidita   

yat samyak prakāreṇa na jñātam।

prakṛtau naikāni avijñātāni tattvāni santi।



yena saha bahubhyaḥ dinebhyaḥ paricayaḥ asti।

mama gṛhe adya ekaḥ ciraparicitaḥ atithiḥ āgamiṣyati।


ātmatāpatram, paricayapatram   

tad patraṃ yasmin kasyāpi ālekhena saha tasya paricayaḥ likhitaṃ bhavati।

bhavān pūrvam ātmatāpatraṃ siddhaṃ karotu।



parasparābhyāṃ viśeṣasya paricayasya abhāvaḥ।

tena saha mama alpaparicayaḥ asti।



raktamaricasya cūrṇam।

tena āpaṇāt pañcakilogrāmaparimāṇaṃ yāvat raktamaricacūrṇam ānītam।



sā strī yā vimānadvārā yātriṇāṃ svāgataṃ karoti tathā ca tān sahāyyaṃ karoti।

pratyekasyāḥ vimāna-paricārikāyāḥ paridhānaṃ niyataṃ vartate।



ekā jātiḥ ।

mārkaṇḍeya-purāṇe bṛhatsaṃhitāyāñca vāricarāḥ varṇyante



kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

śabdaparicchedaḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi



kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

śabdaprakāśaḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi



ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śabdamaṇiparicchedālokasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti



kaśyapasya pitā ।

maricasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate



sundasya putraḥ ।

maricasya ullekhaḥviṣṇupurāṇe vartate



ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bhaṭṭāraharicandraḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ prāpyate



lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

haricandraḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ harṣacarite subhāṣitāvalyāṃ ca asti



puruṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

haricandraḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ puruṣāṇānām ullekhaḥ harṣacarite subhāṣitāvalyāṃ ca asti



ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

haricaraṇadāsasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustakāyām ca asti



ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

haricaraṇapurī ityasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 1.980s Search Word: ric Input Encoding: IAST IAST: ric